Version 6.9.

* NEWS: Record release date and new version number.
* configure.ac (AC_INIT): New version number.

.prev-version

@@ -1 +1 @@
-6.3
+6.7

.x-po-check

@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
 ChangeLog(-[0-9]+)?$
 ^old/
 ^src/c99-to-c98\.diff$
+^gl/.*

.x-sc_file_system

@@ -5,3 +5,4 @@ config-log
 po/
 src/df.c
 src/stat.c
+tests/misc/df-P

.x-sc_prohibit_atoi_atof

@@ -1,8 +1,11 @@
 ^configure$
 ChangeLog
+^TODO$
 ^lib/mktime\.c$
 ^lib/getloadavg\.c$
 ^lib/euidaccess\.c$
 ^lib/euidaccess-stat\.c$
 ^lib/group-member\.c$
 ^Makefile\.maint$
+^doc/coreutils.texi$
+^src/stty.c$

.x-sc_useless_cpp_parens

@@ -10,3 +10,4 @@
 ^lib/strtod.c
 ^lib/xstrtol.c
 ^m4/
+^tests/misc/pwd-unreadable-parent

Makefile.am

@@ -1,7 +1,6 @@
 # Make coreutils.					-*-Makefile-*-
 
-# Copyright (C) 1990, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000,
-# 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 1990, 1993-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -33,7 +32,6 @@ EXTRA_DIST = Makefile.cfg Makefile.maint GNUmakefile \
   .x-sc_unmarked_diagnostics \
   .x-sc_useless_cpp_parens \
   ChangeLog-2005 \
-  announce-gen \
   bootstrap \
   bootstrap.conf \
   build-aux/cvsu \

Makefile.cfg

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 # Customize Makefile.maint.                           -*- makefile -*-
-# Copyright (C) 2003-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 2003-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -33,4 +33,8 @@ gpg_key_ID = D333CBA1
 # Exclude changelog-check here so that there's less churn in ChangeLog
 # files -- otherwise, you'd need to have the upcoming version number
 # at the top of the file for each `make distcheck' run.
-local-checks-to-skip = changelog-check
+local-checks-to-skip = changelog-check strftime-check
+
+# The local directory containing the checked-out copy of gnulib used in
+# this release.  Used solely to get a date for the "announcement" target.
+gnulib_dir = /gnulib

Makefile.maint

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 # This Makefile fragment is shared between the coreutils,
 # CPPI, Bison, and Autoconf.
 
-## Copyright (C) 2001-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+## Copyright (C) 2001-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 ##
 ## This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 ## it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -32,6 +32,7 @@ GZIP_ENV = '--no-name --best $(gzip_rsyncable)'
 CVS = cvs
 GIT = git
 VC = $(GIT)
+VC-tag = git-tag -s -m '$(VERSION)'
 
 CVS_LIST = build-aux/vc-list-files
 
@@ -68,23 +69,23 @@ export LC_ALL = C
 # in system.h.  E.g. today I removed from tail.c a useless definition of
 # ENOSYS.  It was useless because system.h ensures it's defined.
 
+# Collect the names of rules starting with `sc_'.
+syntax-check-rules := $(shell sed -n 's/^\(sc_[a-zA-Z0-9_-]*\):.*/\1/p' $(ME))
+.PHONY: $(syntax-check-rules)
+
 # Checks that don't require cvs.
 # Run `changelog-check' last, as previous test may reveal problems requiring
 # new ChangeLog entries.
 local-checks-available = \
-  po-check copyright-check writable-files m4-check author_mark_check \
+  po-check copyright-check m4-check author_mark_check \
   changelog-check patch-check strftime-check $(syntax-check-rules) \
   makefile_path_separator_check \
   makefile-check check-AUTHORS
 .PHONY: $(local-checks-available)
 
-local-check = $(filter-out $(local-checks-to-skip), $(local-checks-available))
+local-check := $(filter-out $(local-checks-to-skip), $(local-checks-available))
 
-# Collect the names of rules starting with `sc_'.
-syntax-check-rules := $(shell sed -n 's/^\(sc_[a-zA-Z0-9_-]*\):.*/\1/p' $(ME))
-.PHONY: $(syntax-check-rules)
-
-syntax-check: $(syntax-check-rules)
+syntax-check: $(local-check)
 #	@grep -nE '#  *include <(limits|std(def|arg|bool))\.h>'		\
 #	    $$(find -type f -name '*.[chly]') &&			\
 #	  { echo '$(ME): found conditional include' 1>&2;		\
@@ -97,20 +98,17 @@ syntax-check: $(syntax-check-rules)
 # FIXME: don't allow `#include .strings\.h' anywhere
 
 sc_cast_of_argument_to_free:
-	@grep -nE '\<free \(\(' $(srcdir)/{lib,src}/*.[chly] &&		\
+	@grep -nE '\<free \(\(' $$($(CVS_LIST_EXCEPT)) &&		\
 	  { echo '$(ME): don'\''t cast free argument' 1>&2;		\
 	    exit 1; } || :
 
 sc_cast_of_x_alloc_return_value:
-	@grep -nE --exclude=$(srcdir)/lib/regex.c			\
-	    '\*\) *x(m|c|re)alloc\>'					\
-	    $(srcdir)/{lib,src}/*.[chy] &&				\
+	@grep -nE '\*\) *x(m|c|re)alloc\>' $$($(CVS_LIST_EXCEPT)) &&	\
 	  { echo '$(ME): don'\''t cast x*alloc return value' 1>&2;	\
 	    exit 1; } || :
 
 sc_cast_of_alloca_return_value:
-	@grep -nE '\*\) *alloca\>'					\
-	    $(srcdir)/src/*.[chy] &&					\
+	@grep -nE '\*\) *alloca\>' $$($(CVS_LIST_EXCEPT)) &&		\
 	  { echo '$(ME): don'\''t cast alloca return value' 1>&2;	\
 	    exit 1; } || :
 
@@ -119,18 +117,18 @@ sc_space_tab:
 	  { echo '$(ME): found SPACE-TAB sequence; remove the SPACE'	\
 		1>&2; exit 1; } || :
 
-# Don't use the old ato* functions in `real' code.
+# Don't use *scanf or the old ato* functions in `real' code.
 # They provide no error checking mechanism.
 # Instead, use strto* functions.
 sc_prohibit_atoi_atof:
-	@grep -nE '\<ato([filq]|ll)\>' $$($(CVS_LIST_EXCEPT)) &&	\
-	  { echo '$(ME): do not use ato''f, ato''i, ato''l, ato''ll, or ato''q'	\
+	@grep -nE '\<([fs]?scanf|ato([filq]|ll))\>' $$($(CVS_LIST_EXCEPT)) && \
+	  { echo '$(ME): do not use *scan''f, ato''f, ato''i, ato''l, ato''ll, or ato''q'	\
 		1>&2; exit 1; } || :
 
 # Using EXIT_SUCCESS as the first argument to error is misleading,
 # since when that parameter is 0, error does not exit.  Use `0' instead.
 sc_error_exit_success:
-	@grep -nF 'error (EXIT_SUCCESS,'					\
+	@grep -nF 'error (EXIT_SUCCESS,'				\
 	    $$(find -type f -name '*.[chly]') &&			\
 	  { echo '$(ME): found error (EXIT_SUCCESS' 1>&2;		\
 	    exit 1; } || :
@@ -210,7 +208,9 @@ sc_prohibit_jm_in_m4:
 	      1>&2; exit 1; } || :
 
 sc_root_tests:
-	@t1=sc-root.expected; t2=sc-root.actual;			\
+	@if test -d tests \
+	      && grep check-root tests/Makefile.am>/dev/null 2>&1; then \
+	t1=sc-root.expected; t2=sc-root.actual;				\
 	grep -nl '^PRIV_CHECK_ARG=require-root'				\
 	  $$($(CVS_LIST) tests) |sed s,tests,., |sort > $$t1;		\
 	sed -n 's,	cd \([^ ]*\) .*MAKE..check TESTS=\(.*\),./\1/\2,p' \
@@ -219,7 +219,8 @@ sc_root_tests:
 	rm -f $$t1 $$t2;						\
 	test "$$diff"							\
 	  && { echo 'tests/Makefile.am: missing check-root action'>&2;	\
-	       exit 1; } || :
+	       exit 1; } || :;						\
+	fi
 
 headers_with_interesting_macro_defs = \
   exit.h	\
@@ -299,7 +300,7 @@ sc_trailing_blank:
 # Match lines like the following, but where there is only one space
 # between the options and the description:
 #   -D, --all-repeated[=delimit-method]  print all duplicate lines\n
-longopt_re = --[a-z][0-9A-Za-z-]*(\[=[0-9A-Za-z-]*\])?
+longopt_re = --[a-z][0-9A-Za-z-]*(\[?=[0-9A-Za-z-]*\]?)?
 sc_two_space_separator_in_usage:
 	@grep -nE '^   *(-[A-Za-z],)? $(longopt_re) [^ ].*\\$$'		\
 	    $$($(CVS_LIST_EXCEPT)) &&					\
@@ -327,12 +328,18 @@ sc_useless_cpp_parens:
 patch-check:
 	rm -rf src-c89 $@.1 $@.2
 	cp -a src src-c89
-	(cd src-c89; patch -V never --fuzz=0) < src/c99-to-c89.diff \
+	(cd src-c89; patch -p2 -V never --fuzz=0) < src/c99-to-c89.diff \
 	  > $@.1 2>&1
+	if test "$${REGEN_PATCH+set}" = set; then \
+	  diff -upr src src-c89 > new-diff || : ; fi
 	grep -v '^patching file ' $@.1 > $@.2 || :
-	fail=0; test -s $@.2 && fail=1 || : ; \
-	rm -rf src-c89 $@.1 $@.2; \
-	test $$fail = 0
+	msg=ok; test -s $@.2 && msg='fuzzy patch' || : ;	\
+	rm -f src-c89/*.o || msg='rm failed';			\
+	$(MAKE) -C src-c89 CFLAGS='-Wdeclaration-after-statement -Werror' \
+	  || msg='compile failure with extra options';		\
+	rm -rf src-c89 $@.1 $@.2;				\
+	test "$$msg" = ok && : || echo "$$msg" 1>&2;		\
+	test "$$msg" = ok
 
 # Ensure that date's --help output stays in sync with the info
 # documentation for GNU strftime.  The only exception is %N,
@@ -360,22 +367,22 @@ makefile-check:
 	  && { echo 'Makefile.maint: use $$(...), not @...@' 1>&2; exit 1; } || :
 
 news-date-check: NEWS
-	today=`date +%Y-%m-%d`;	\
-	if head NEWS | grep '^\*.* $(VERSION_REGEXP) ('$$today')' \
-	    >/dev/null; then \
-	  :; \
-	else \
-	  echo "version or today's date is not in NEWS" 1>&2; \
-	  exit 1; \
+	today=`date +%Y-%m-%d`;						\
+	if head NEWS | grep '^\*.* $(VERSION_REGEXP) ('$$today')'	\
+	    >/dev/null; then						\
+	  :;								\
+	else								\
+	  echo "version or today's date is not in NEWS" 1>&2;		\
+	  exit 1;							\
 	fi
 
 changelog-check:
-	if head ChangeLog | grep 'Version $(VERSION_REGEXP)\.$$' \
-	    >/dev/null; then \
-	  :; \
-	else \
-	  echo "$(VERSION) not in ChangeLog" 1>&2; \
-	  exit 1; \
+	if head ChangeLog | grep 'Version $(VERSION_REGEXP)\.$$'	\
+	    >/dev/null; then						\
+	  :;								\
+	else								\
+	  echo "$(VERSION) not in ChangeLog" 1>&2;			\
+	  exit 1;							\
 	fi
 
 m4-check:
@@ -393,6 +400,7 @@ po-check:
 	  for file in $$($(CVS_LIST_EXCEPT)) lib/*.[ch]; do		\
 	    case $$file in						\
 	    djgpp/* | man/*) continue;;					\
+	    */c99-to-c89.diff) continue;;				\
 	    esac;							\
 	    case $$file in						\
 	    *.[ch])							\
@@ -441,6 +449,7 @@ writable-files:
 	test "$$fail" && exit 1 || :
 
 v_etc_file = lib/version-etc.c
+sample-test = tests/sample-test
 # Make sure that the copyright date in $(v_etc_file) is up to date.
 copyright-check:
 	@if test -f $(v_etc_file); then \
@@ -449,13 +458,19 @@ copyright-check:
 	  || { echo 'out of date copyright in $(v_etc_file); update it' 1>&2; \
 	       exit 1; }; \
 	fi
+	@if test -f $(sample-test); then \
+	  grep '# Copyright (C) '$$(date +%Y)' Free' $(sample-test) \
+	    >/dev/null \
+	  || { echo 'out of date copyright in $(sample-test); update it' 1>&2; \
+	       exit 1; }; \
+	fi
 
 
 # Sanity checks with the repository.
 # Abort early if this tag has already been used.
 vc-tag-check:
 	used=no;							\
-	if $(VC) --help | grep CVS; then					\
+	if $(VC) --help | grep CVS; then				\
 	  $(CVS) -n log -h README|grep -e $(this-vc-tag): >/dev/null	\
 	    && used=yes;						\
 	else								\
@@ -487,7 +502,7 @@ maintainer-distcheck:
 # checks fail.  Also, make sure the NEWS file is up-to-date.
 # FIXME: use dist-hook/my-dist like distcheck-hook/my-distcheck.
 vc-dist: $(local-check) cvs-check maintainer-distcheck
-	$(VC) tag $(this-vc-tag)
+	$(VC-tag) $(this-vc-tag)
 	$(MAKE) dist
 
 # Use this to make sure we don't run these programs when building
@@ -499,11 +514,11 @@ null_AM_MAKEFLAGS = \
   AUTOHEADER=false \
   MAKEINFO=false
 
-# Detect format-string/arg-list mismatches that would normally be obscured
-# by the use of _().  The --disable-nls effectively defines away that macro,
-# and building with CFLAGS='-Wformat -Werror' causes any format warning to be
-# treated as a failure.  Also, check for shadowing problems with -Wshadow,
-# and for pointer arithmetic problems with -Wpointer-arith.
+warn_cflags = -Dlint -O -Werror -Wall -Wformat -Wshadow -Wpointer-arith
+
+# Use -Wformat -Werror to detect format-string/arg-list mismatches.
+# Also, check for shadowing problems with -Wshadow, and for pointer
+# arithmetic problems with -Wpointer-arith.
 # These CFLAGS are pretty strict.  If you build this target, you probably
 # have to have a recent version of gcc and glibc headers.
 TMPDIR ?= /tmp
@@ -514,7 +529,7 @@ my-distcheck: $(local-check) $(release_archive_dir)/$(prev-tgz)
 	GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) $(AMTAR) -C $(t) -zxf $(distdir).tar.gz
 	cd $(t)/$(distdir)				\
 	  && ./configure --disable-nls			\
-	  && $(MAKE) CFLAGS='-Werror -Wall -Wformat -Wshadow -Wpointer-arith' \
+	  && $(MAKE) CFLAGS='$(warn_cflags)'		\
 	      AM_MAKEFLAGS='$(null_AM_MAKEFLAGS)'	\
 	  && $(MAKE) dvi				\
 	  && $(MAKE) check				\
@@ -522,6 +537,13 @@ my-distcheck: $(local-check) $(release_archive_dir)/$(prev-tgz)
 	(cd $(t) && mv $(distdir) $(distdir).old	\
 	  && $(AMTAR) -zxf - ) < $(distdir).tar.gz
 	diff -ur $(t)/$(distdir).old $(t)/$(distdir)
+	if test -f $(srcdir)/src/c99-to-c89.diff; then			\
+	  cd $(t)/$(distdir)						\
+	    && (cd src && patch -V never --fuzz=0 <c99-to-c89.diff)	\
+	    && ./configure --disable-largefile				\
+	         CFLAGS='-Werror -ansi -pedantic -Wno-long-long'	\
+	    && $(MAKE);							\
+	fi
 	-rm -rf $(t)
 	@echo "========================"; \
 	echo "$(distdir).tar.gz is ready for distribution"; \
@@ -543,17 +565,22 @@ prev-tgz = $(PACKAGE)-$(PREV_VERSION).tar.gz
 xd-delta = $(PACKAGE)-$(PREV_VERSION)-$(VERSION).xdelta
 
 rel-files = $(xd-delta) $(DIST_ARCHIVES)
+
+# Approximate the date of last gnulib "update" by the ChangeLog file's
+# mtime, and provide that date in the announcement.
 announcement: NEWS ChangeLog $(rel-files)
-	@./announce-gen							\
+	@cl_date=$$(stat --printf @%Y $(gnulib_dir)/ChangeLog);		\
+	utc_date=$$(date -u --date $$cl_date '+%Y-%m-%d %T %z');	\
+	./build-aux/announce-gen					\
 	    --release-type=$(RELEASE_TYPE)				\
 	    --package=$(PACKAGE)					\
 	    --prev=$(PREV_VERSION)					\
 	    --curr=$(VERSION)						\
-	    --release-archive-directory=$(release_archive_dir)		\
 	    --gpg-key-id=$(gpg_key_ID)					\
 	    --news=NEWS							\
-	    $(addprefix --url-dir=, $(url_dir_list))			\
-
+	    --bootstrap-tools=autoconf,automake,bison,gnulib		\
+	    --gnulib-snapshot-time-stamp="$$utc_date"			\
+	    $(addprefix --url-dir=, $(url_dir_list))
 
 ## ---------------- ##
 ## Updating files.  ##
@@ -569,7 +596,7 @@ emit_upload_commands:
 	@echo =====================================
 	@echo =====================================
 	@echo "$(srcdir)/build-aux/gnupload $(GNUPLOADFLAGS) \\"
-	@echo "    --to $(gnu_rel_host):coreutils \\"
+	@echo "    --to $(gnu_rel_host):$(PACKAGE) \\"
 	@echo "  $(rel-files)"
 	@echo '# send the /tmp/announcement e-mail'
 	@echo =====================================
@@ -579,7 +606,7 @@ $(xd-delta): $(release_archive_dir)/$(prev-tgz) $(distdir).tar.gz
 	xdelta delta -9 $^ $@ || :
 
 .PHONY: alpha beta major
-alpha beta major: news-date-check changelog-check $(local-check)
+alpha beta major: news-date-check changelog-check $(local-check) writable-files
 	test $@ = major						\
 	  && { echo $(VERSION) | grep -E '^[0-9]+(\.[0-9]+)+$$'	\
 	       || { echo "invalid version string: $(VERSION)" 1>&2; exit 1;};}\
@@ -591,4 +618,6 @@ alpha beta major: news-date-check changelog-check $(local-check)
 	chmod a-w $(rel-files)
 	$(MAKE) -s emit_upload_commands RELEASE_TYPE=$@
 	echo $(VERSION) > $(prev_version_file)
-	$(VC) commit -m. $(prev_version_file)
+	$(VC) commit -m \
+	  '$(prev_version_file): Record previous version: $(VERSION).' \
+	  $(prev_version_file)

NEWS

@@ -1,5 +1,134 @@
 GNU coreutils NEWS                                    -*- outline -*-
 
+* Noteworthy changes in release 6.9 (2007-03-22) [stable]
+
+** Bug fixes
+
+  cp -x (--one-file-system) would fail to set mount point permissions
+
+  The default block size and output format for df -P are now unaffected by
+  the DF_BLOCK_SIZE, BLOCK_SIZE, and BLOCKSIZE environment variables.  It
+  is still affected by POSIXLY_CORRECT, though.
+
+  Using pr -m -s (i.e. merging files, with TAB as the output separator)
+  no longer inserts extraneous spaces between output columns.
+
+
+* Noteworthy changes in release 6.8 (2007-02-24) [not-unstable]
+
+** Bug fixes
+
+  chgrp, chmod, and chown now honor the --preserve-root option.
+  Before, they would warn, yet continuing traversing and operating on /.
+
+  chmod no longer fails in an environment (e.g., a chroot) with openat
+  support but with insufficient /proc support.
+
+  "cp --parents F/G D" no longer creates a directory D/F when F is not
+  a directory (and F/G is therefore invalid).
+
+  "cp --preserve=mode" would create directories that briefly had
+  too-generous permissions in some cases.  For example, when copying a
+  directory with permissions 777 the destination directory might
+  temporarily be setgid on some file systems, which would allow other
+  users to create subfiles with the same group as the directory.  Fix
+  similar problems with 'install' and 'mv'.
+
+  cut no longer dumps core for usage like "cut -f2- f1 f2" with two or
+  more file arguments.  This was due to a double-free bug, introduced
+  in coreutils-5.3.0.
+
+  dd bs= operands now silently override any later ibs= and obs=
+  operands, as POSIX and tradition require.
+
+  "ls -FRL" always follows symbolic links on Linux.  Introduced in
+  coreutils-6.0.
+
+  A cross-partition "mv /etc/passwd ~" (by non-root) now prints
+  a reasonable diagnostic.  Before, it would print this:
+  "mv: cannot remove `/etc/passwd': Not a directory".
+
+  pwd and "readlink -e ." no longer fail unnecessarily when a parent
+  directory is unreadable.
+
+  "rm -rf /etc/passwd" (run by non-root) now prints a diagnostic.
+  Before it would print nothing.
+
+  "rm --interactive=never F" no longer prompts for an unwritable F
+
+** New features
+
+  sort's new --compress-program=PROG option specifies a compression
+  program to use when writing and reading temporary files.
+  This can help save both time and disk space when sorting large inputs.
+
+  sort accepts the new option -C, which acts like -c except no diagnostic
+  is printed.  Its --check option now accepts an optional argument, and
+  --check=quiet and --check=silent are now aliases for -C, while
+  --check=diagnose-first is an alias for -c or plain --check.
+
+
+* Noteworthy changes in release 6.7 (2006-12-08) [stable]
+
+** Bug fixes
+
+  When cp -p copied a file with special mode bits set, the same bits
+  were set on the copy even when ownership could not be preserved.
+  This could result in files that were setuid to the wrong user.
+  To fix this, special mode bits are now set in the copy only if its
+  ownership is successfully preserved.  Similar problems were fixed
+  with mv when copying across file system boundaries.  This problem
+  affects all versions of coreutils through 6.6.
+
+  cp --preserve=ownership would create output files that temporarily
+  had too-generous permissions in some cases.  For example, when
+  copying a file with group A and mode 644 into a group-B sticky
+  directory, the output file was briefly readable by group B.
+  Fix similar problems with cp options like -p that imply
+  --preserve=ownership, with install -d when combined with either -o
+  or -g, and with mv when copying across file system boundaries.
+  This bug affects coreutils 6.0 through 6.6.
+
+  du --one-file-system (-x) would skip subdirectories of any directory
+  listed as second or subsequent command line argument.  This bug affects
+  coreutils-6.4, 6.5 and 6.6.
+
+
+* Noteworthy changes in release 6.6 (2006-11-22) [stable]
+
+** Bug fixes
+
+  ls would segfault (dereference a NULL pointer) for a file with a
+  nameless group or owner.  This bug was introduced in coreutils-6.5.
+
+  A bug in the latest official m4/gettext.m4 (from gettext-0.15)
+  made configure fail to detect gettext support, due to the unusual
+  way in which coreutils uses AM_GNU_GETTEXT.
+
+** Improved robustness
+
+  Now, du (and the other fts clients: chmod, chgrp, chown) honor a
+  trailing slash in the name of a symlink-to-directory even on
+  Solaris 9, by working around its buggy fstatat implementation.
+
+
+* Major changes in release 6.5 (2006-11-19) [stable]
+
+** Bug fixes
+
+  du (and the other fts clients: chmod, chgrp, chown) would exit early
+  when encountering an inaccessible directory on a system with native
+  openat support (i.e., linux-2.6.16 or newer along with glibc-2.4
+  or newer).  This bug was introduced with the switch to gnulib's
+  openat-based variant of fts, for coreutils-6.0.
+
+  "ln --backup f f" now produces a sensible diagnostic
+
+** New features
+
+  rm accepts a new option: --one-file-system
+
+
 * Major changes in release 6.4 (2006-10-22) [stable]
 
 ** Bug fixes

README

@@ -97,6 +97,18 @@ Here is one possible patch to correct the problem:
 +#ifndef __LP64__
 
 
+************************
+OSF/1 4.0d build failure
+------------------------
+
+If you use /usr/bin/make on an OSF/1 4.0d system, it will fail due
+to the presence of the "[" target.  That version of make appears to
+treat "[" as some syntax relating to locks.  To work around that,
+the best solution is to use GNU make.  Otherwise, simply remove
+all mention of "[$(EXEEXT)" from src/Makefile.
+
+
+
 **********************
 Running tests as root:
 ----------------------

README-hacking

@@ -1,13 +1,15 @@
 -*- outline -*-
 
-These notes intend to help people working on the CVS version of
-this package.
+These notes intend to help people working on the checked-out sources.
+These requirements do not apply when building from a distribution tarball.
 
 * Requirements
 
-Only the sources are installed in the CVS repository (to ease the
-maintenance, merges etc.), therefore you will have to get the latest
-stable versions of the maintainer tools we depend upon, including:
+We've opted to keep only the highest-level sources in the GIT repository.
+This eases our maintenance burden, (fewer merges etc.), but imposes more
+requirements on anyone wishing to build from the just-checked-out sources.
+For example, you have to use the latest stable versions of the maintainer
+tools we depend upon, including:
 
 - Automake <http://www.gnu.org/software/automake/>
 - Autoconf <http://www.gnu.org/software/autoconf/>
@@ -23,13 +25,13 @@ suggest using test version 1.3.5 (or later, if one becomes available).
 Valgrind <http://valgrind.org/> is also highly recommended, if
 Valgrind supports your architecture.
 
-Only building the initial full source tree will be a bit painful,
-later, a plain `cvs update -P && make' should be sufficient.
+Only building the initial full source tree will be a bit painful.
+Later, a plain `git-pull && make' should be sufficient.
 
-* First CVS checkout
+* First GIT checkout
 
 Obviously, if you are reading these notes, you did manage to check out
-this package from CVS.  The next step is to get other files needed to
+this package from GIT.  The next step is to get other files needed to
 build, which are extracted from other source packages:
 
 	$ ./bootstrap
@@ -41,9 +43,9 @@ And there you are!  Just
 	$ make check
 
 At this point, there should be no difference between your local copy,
-and the CVS master copy:
+and the GIT master copy:
 
-	$ cvs diff
+	$ git-diff
 
 should output no difference.
 
@@ -51,8 +53,7 @@ Enjoy!
 
 -----
 
-Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation,
-Inc.
+Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by

THANKS

@@ -150,6 +150,7 @@ Eric Pemente                        pemente@northpark.edu
 Eric S. Raymond                     esr@snark.thyrsus.com
 Erik Bennett                        bennett@cvo.oneworld.com
 Erik Corry                          erik@kroete2.freinet.de
+Evan Hunt                           ethanol@armory.com
 Felix Lee                           flee@teleport.com
 Felix Rauch Valenti                 frauch@cse.unsw.edu.au
 Ferdinand                           fw@scenic.mine.nu
@@ -192,6 +193,7 @@ Hans Verkuil                        hans@wyst.hobby.nl
 Harald Dunkel                       harald.dunkel@t-online.de
 Harry Liu                           rliu@lek.ugcs.caltech.edu
 Harti Brandt                        brandt@fokus.fraunhofer.de
+Harvey Eneman                       Harvey.Eneman@oracle.com
 Helen Faulkner                      helen_ml_faulkner@yahoo.co.uk
 Herbert Xu                          herbert@gondor.apana.org.au
 Holger Berger                       hberger@ess.nec.de
@@ -208,6 +210,7 @@ Ivo Timmermans                      ivo@debian.org
 James                               james@albion.glarp.com
 James Antill                        jmanti%essex.ac.uk@seralph21.essex.ac.uk
 James Lemley                        James.Lemley@acxiom.com
+James Hunt                          jamesodhunt@hotmail.com
 James Sneeringer                    jvs@ocslink.com
 James Tanis                         jtt@soscorp.com
 James Youngman                      james+usenet@free-lunch.demon.co.uk
@@ -323,11 +326,13 @@ Matt Perry                          matt@primefactor.com
 Matt Schalit                        mschalit@pacbell.net
 Matt Swift                          swift@alum.mit.edu
 Matthew Arnison                     maffew@cat.org.au
+Matthew M. Boedicker                matthewm@boedicker.org
 Matthew Braun                       matthew@ans.net
 Matthew Clarke                      Matthew_Clarke@mindlink.bc.ca
 Matthew S. Levine                   mslevine@theory.lcs.mit.edu
 Matthew Smith                       matts@bluesguitar.org
 Matthew Swift                       swift@alum.mit.edu
+Matthew Woehlke                     mw_triad@users.sourceforge.net
 Matthias Urlichs                    smurf@noris.de
 Matti Aarnio                        matti.aarnio@zmailer.org
 Mattias Wadenstein                  maswan@acc.umu.se
@@ -471,6 +476,7 @@ Thomas Hood                         jdthood@yahoo.co.uk
 Thomas Luzat                        thomas@luzat.com
 Thomas M.Ott                        thmo-13@gmx.de
 Thomas Quinot                       thomas@Cuivre.FR.EU.ORG
+Thomas Schwinge                     tschwinge@gnu.org
 Thomas Wolff                        mined@towo.net
 Tim J. Robbins                      tjr@FreeBSD.org
 Tim Mooney                          mooney@dogbert.cc.ndsu.NoDak.edu
@@ -513,6 +519,7 @@ William Bader                       william@nscs.fast.net
 William Dowling                     will@franklin.com
 William Lewis                       wiml@omnigroup.com
 wiregauze                           wiregauze@yahoo.com
+Wis Macomson                        wis.macomson@intel.com
 Wojciech Purczynski                 cliph@isec.pl
 Wolfram Kleff                       kleff@cs.uni-bonn.de
 Won-kyu Park                        wkpark@chem.skku.ac.kr

TODO

@@ -1,3 +1,12 @@
+stty.c:
+  use xstrtoul, not sscanf
+
+printf:
+  Now that gnulib supports *printf("%a"), import one of the
+  *printf-posix modules so that printf(1) will support %a even on
+  platforms where the native *printf(3) is deficient.
+  Suggestion form Eric Blake.
+
 strip: add an option to specify the program used to strip binaries.
   suggestion from Karl Berry
 

announce-gen

@@ -1,436 +0,0 @@
-#!/usr/bin/perl -w
-# Generate an announcement message.
-
-# Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
-
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-# Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
-
-use strict;
-
-use Getopt::Long;
-use Digest::MD5;
-use Digest::SHA1;
-
-(my $VERSION = '$Revision: 1.25 $ ') =~ tr/[0-9].//cd;
-(my $ME = $0) =~ s|.*/||;
-
-my %valid_release_types = map {$_ => 1} qw (alpha beta major);
-
-END
-{
-  # Nobody ever checks the status of print()s.  That's okay, because
-  # if any do fail, we're guaranteed to get an indicator when we close()
-  # the filehandle.
-  #
-  # Close stdout now, and if there were no errors, return happy status.
-  # If stdout has already been closed by the script, though, do nothing.
-  defined fileno STDOUT
-    or return;
-  close STDOUT
-    and return;
-
-  # Errors closing stdout.  Indicate that, and hope stderr is OK.
-  warn "$ME: closing standard output: $!\n";
-
-  # Don't be so arrogant as to assume that we're the first END handler
-  # defined, and thus the last one invoked.  There may be others yet
-  # to come.  $? will be passed on to them, and to the final _exit().
-  #
-  # If it isn't already an error, make it one (and if it _is_ an error,
-  # preserve the value: it might be important).
-  $? ||= 1;
-}
-
-sub usage ($)
-{
-  my ($exit_code) = @_;
-  my $STREAM = ($exit_code == 0 ? *STDOUT : *STDERR);
-  if ($exit_code != 0)
-    {
-      print $STREAM "Try `$ME --help' for more information.\n";
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      my @types = sort keys %valid_release_types;
-      print $STREAM <<EOF;
-Usage: $ME [OPTIONS]
-
-OPTIONS:
-
-  Generate an announcement message.
-
-  FIXME: describe the following
-
-   --release-type=TYPE          TYPE must be one of @types
-   --package-name=PACKAGE_NAME
-   --previous-version=VER
-   --current-version=VER
-   --gpg-key-id=ID         The GnuPG ID of the key used to sign the tarballs
-   --release-archive-directory=DIR
-   --url-directory=URL_DIR
-   --news=NEWS_FILE             optional
-
-   --help             display this help and exit
-   --version          output version information and exit
-
-EOF
-    }
-  exit $exit_code;
-}
-
-
-=item C<%size> = C<sizes (@file)>
-
-Compute the sizes of the C<@file> and return them as a hash.  Return
-C<undef> if one of the computation failed.
-
-=cut
-
-sub sizes (@)
-{
-  my (@file) = @_;
-
-  my $fail = 0;
-  my %res;
-  foreach my $f (@file)
-    {
-      my $cmd = "du --human $f";
-      my $t = `$cmd`;
-      # FIXME-someday: give a better diagnostic, a la $PROCESS_STATUS
-      $@
-	and (warn "$ME: command failed: `$cmd'\n"), $fail = 1;
-      chomp $t;
-      $t =~ s/^([\d.]+[MkK]).*/${1}B/;
-      $res{$f} = $t;
-    }
-  return $fail ? undef : %res;
-}
-
-=item C<print_locations ($title, \@url, \%size, @file)
-
-Print a section C<$title> dedicated to the list of <@file>, which
-sizes are stored in C<%size>, and which are available from the C<@url>.
-
-=cut
-
-sub print_locations ($\@\%@)
-{
-  my ($title, $url, $size, @file) = @_;
-  print "Here are the $title:\n";
-  foreach my $url (@{$url})
-    {
-      for my $file (@file)
-	{
-	  print "  $url/$file";
-	  print "   (", $$size{$file}, ")"
-	    if exists $$size{$file};
-	  print "\n";
-	}
-    }
-  print "\n";
-}
-
-=item C<print_checksums (@file)
-
-Print the MD5 and SHA1 signature section for each C<@file>.
-
-=cut
-
-sub print_checksums (@)
-{
-  my (@file) = @_;
-
-  print "Here are the MD5 and SHA1 checksums:\n";
-  print "\n";
-
-  foreach my $meth (qw (md5 sha1))
-    {
-      foreach my $f (@file)
-	{
-	  open IN, '<', $f
-	    or die "$ME: $f: cannot open for reading: $!\n";
-	  binmode IN;
-	  my $dig =
-	    ($meth eq 'md5'
-	     ? Digest::MD5->new->addfile(*IN)->hexdigest
-	     : Digest::SHA1->new->addfile(*IN)->hexdigest);
-	  close IN;
-	  print "$dig  $f\n";
-	}
-    }
-
-
-}
-
-=item C<print_news_deltas ($news_file, $prev_version, $curr_version)
-
-Print the section of the NEWS file C<$news_file> addressing changes
-between versions C<$prev_version> and C<$curr_version>.
-
-=cut
-
-sub print_news_deltas ($$$)
-{
-  my ($news_file, $prev_version, $curr_version) = @_;
-
-  print "\n$news_file\n\n";
-
-  # Print all lines from $news_file, starting with the first one
-  # that mentions $curr_version up to but not including
-  # the first occurrence of $prev_version.
-  my $in_items;
-
-  open NEWS, '<', $news_file
-    or die "$ME: $news_file: cannot open for reading: $!\n";
-  while (defined (my $line = <NEWS>))
-    {
-      if ( ! $in_items)
-	{
-	  # Match lines like this one:
-	  # * Major changes in release 5.0.1:
-	  # but not any other line that starts with a space, *, or -.
-	  $line =~ /^(\* Major changes.*|[^ *-].*)\Q$curr_version\E/o
-	    or next;
-	  $in_items = 1;
-	  print $line;
-	}
-      else
-	{
-	  # Be careful that this regexp cannot match version numbers
-	  # in NEWS items -- they might well say `introduced in 4.5.5',
-	  # and we don't want that to match.
-	  $line =~ /^(\* Major changes.*|[^ *-].*)\Q$prev_version\E/o
-	    and last;
-	  print $line;
-	}
-    }
-  close NEWS;
-
-  $in_items
-    or die "$ME: $news_file: no matching lines for `$curr_version'\n";
-}
-
-sub print_changelog_deltas ($$)
-{
-  my ($package_name, $prev_version) = @_;
-
-  # Print new ChangeLog entries.
-
-  # First find all CVS-controlled ChangeLog files.
-  use File::Find;
-  my @changelog;
-  find ({wanted => sub {$_ eq 'ChangeLog' && -d 'CVS'
-			  and push @changelog, $File::Find::name}},
-	'.');
-
-  # If there are no ChangeLog files, we're done.
-  @changelog
-    or return;
-  my %changelog = map {$_ => 1} @changelog;
-
-  # Reorder the list of files so that if there are ChangeLog
-  # files in the specified directories, they're listed first,
-  # in this order:
-  my @dir = qw ( . src lib m4 config doc );
-
-  # A typical @changelog array might look like this:
-  # ./ChangeLog
-  # ./po/ChangeLog
-  # ./m4/ChangeLog
-  # ./lib/ChangeLog
-  # ./doc/ChangeLog
-  # ./config/ChangeLog
-  my @reordered;
-  foreach my $d (@dir)
-    {
-      my $dot_slash = $d eq '.' ? $d : "./$d";
-      my $target = "$dot_slash/ChangeLog";
-      delete $changelog{$target}
-	and push @reordered, $target;
-    }
-
-  # Append any remaining ChangeLog files.
-  push @reordered, sort keys %changelog;
-
-  # Remove leading `./'.
-  @reordered = map { s!^\./!!; $_ } @reordered;
-
-  print "\nChangeLog entries:\n\n";
-  # print join ("\n", @reordered), "\n";
-
-  $prev_version =~ s/\./_/g;
-  my $prev_cvs_tag = "\U$package_name\E-$prev_version";
-
-  my $cmd = "cvs -n diff -u -r$prev_cvs_tag -rHEAD @reordered";
-  open DIFF, '-|', $cmd
-    or die "$ME: cannot run `$cmd': $!\n";
-  # Print two types of lines, making minor changes:
-  # Lines starting with `+++ ', e.g.,
-  # +++ ChangeLog   22 Feb 2003 16:52:51 -0000      1.247
-  # and those starting with `+'.
-  # Don't print the others.
-  my $prev_printed_line_empty = 1;
-  while (defined (my $line = <DIFF>))
-    {
-      if ($line =~ /^\+\+\+ /)
-	{
-	  my $separator = "*"x70 ."\n";
-	  $line =~ s///;
-	  $line =~ s/\s.*//;
-	  $prev_printed_line_empty
-	    or print "\n";
-	  print $separator, $line, $separator;
-	}
-      elsif ($line =~ /^\+/)
-	{
-	  $line =~ s///;
-	  print $line;
-	  $prev_printed_line_empty = ($line =~ /^$/);
-	}
-    }
-  close DIFF;
-
-  # The exit code should be 1.
-  # Allow in case there are no modified ChangeLog entries.
-  $? == 256 || $? == 128
-    or warn "$ME: warning: `cmd' had unexpected exit code or signal ($?)\n";
-}
-
-{
-  # Neutralize the locale, so that, for instance, "du" does not
-  # issue "1,2" instead of "1.2", what confuses our regexps.
-  $ENV{LC_ALL} = "C";
-
-  my $release_type;
-  my $package_name;
-  my $prev_version;
-  my $curr_version;
-  my $release_archive_dir;
-  my $gpg_key_id;
-  my @url_dir_list;
-  my @news_file;
-
-  GetOptions
-    (
-     'release-type=s'     => \$release_type,
-     'package-name=s'     => \$package_name,
-     'previous-version=s' => \$prev_version,
-     'current-version=s'  => \$curr_version,
-     'gpg-key-id=s'       => \$gpg_key_id,
-     'release-archive-directory=s' => \$release_archive_dir,
-     'url-directory=s'    => \@url_dir_list,
-     'news=s'             => \@news_file,
-
-     help => sub { usage 0 },
-     version => sub { print "$ME version $VERSION\n"; exit },
-    ) or usage 1;
-
-  my $fail = 0;
-  # Ensure that sure each required option is specified.
-  $release_type
-    or (warn "$ME: release type not specified\n"), $fail = 1;
-  $package_name
-    or (warn "$ME: package name not specified\n"), $fail = 1;
-  $prev_version
-    or (warn "$ME: previous version string not specified\n"), $fail = 1;
-  $curr_version
-    or (warn "$ME: current version string not specified\n"), $fail = 1;
-  $release_archive_dir
-    or (warn "$ME: release directory name not specified\n"), $fail = 1;
-  @url_dir_list
-    or (warn "$ME: URL directory name(s) not specified\n"), $fail = 1;
-
-  exists $valid_release_types{$release_type}
-    or (warn "$ME: `$release_type': invalid release type\n"), $fail = 1;
-
-  @ARGV
-    and (warn "$ME: too many arguments\n"), $fail = 1;
-  $fail
-    and usage 1;
-
-  my $my_distdir = "$package_name-$curr_version";
-  my $tgz = "$my_distdir.tar.gz";
-  my $tbz = "$my_distdir.tar.bz2";
-  my $xd = "$package_name-$prev_version-$curr_version.xdelta";
-
-  my %size = sizes ($tgz, $tbz, $xd);
-  %size
-    or exit 1;
-
-  # The markup is escaped as <\# so that when this script is sent by
-  # mail (or part of a diff), Gnus is not triggered.
-  print <<EOF;
-
-Subject: $my_distdir released
-
-<\#secure method=pgpmime mode=sign>
-
-FIXME: put comments here
-
-EOF
-
-  print_locations ("compressed sources", @url_dir_list, %size,
-		   $tgz, $tbz);
-  print_locations ("xdelta-style diffs", @url_dir_list, %size,
-		   $xd);
-  print_locations ("GPG detached signatures[*]", @url_dir_list, %size,
-		   "$tgz.sig", "$tbz.sig");
-
-  print_checksums ($tgz, $tbz, $xd);
-
-  print <<EOF;
-
-[*] You can use either of the above signature files to verify that
-the corresponding file (without the .sig suffix) is intact.  First,
-be sure to download both the .sig file and the corresponding tarball.
-Then, run a command like this:
-
-  gpg --verify $tgz.sig
-
-If that command fails because you don't have the required public key,
-then run this command to import it:
-
-  gpg --keyserver wwwkeys.pgp.net --recv-keys $gpg_key_id
-
-and rerun the \`gpg --verify' command.
-EOF
-
-  print_news_deltas ($_, $prev_version, $curr_version)
-    foreach @news_file;
-
-  $release_type eq 'major'
-    or print_changelog_deltas ($package_name, $prev_version);
-
-  exit 0;
-}
-
-
-
-### Setup "GNU" style for perl-mode and cperl-mode.
-## Local Variables:
-## perl-indent-level: 2
-## perl-continued-statement-offset: 2
-## perl-continued-brace-offset: 0
-## perl-brace-offset: 0
-## perl-brace-imaginary-offset: 0
-## perl-label-offset: -2
-## cperl-indent-level: 2
-## cperl-brace-offset: 0
-## cperl-continued-brace-offset: 0
-## cperl-label-offset: -2
-## cperl-extra-newline-before-brace: t
-## cperl-merge-trailing-else: nil
-## cperl-continued-statement-offset: 2
-## End:

bootstrap

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 #! /bin/sh
 
-# Bootstrap this package from CVS.
+# Bootstrap this package from checked-out sources.
 
-# Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -29,6 +29,11 @@ nl='
 LC_ALL=C
 export LC_ALL
 
+# Temporary directory names.
+bt='._bootmp'
+bt_regex=`echo "$bt"| sed 's/\./[.]/g'`
+bt2=${bt}2
+
 usage() {
   echo >&2 "\
 Usage: $0 [OPTION]...
@@ -38,14 +43,14 @@ Options:
  --gnulib-srcdir=DIRNAME  Specify the local directory where gnulib
                           sources reside.  Use this if you already
                           have gnulib sources on your machine, and
-                          do not want to waste your bandwidth dowloading
+                          do not want to waste your bandwidth downloading
                           them again.
  --copy                   Copy files instead of creating symbolic links.
  --force                  Attempt to bootstrap even if the sources seem
                           not to have been checked out.
  --skip-po                Do not download po files.
- --cvs-user=USERNAME      Set the CVS username to be used when accessing
-                          the gnulib repository.
+ --cvs-user=USERNAME      Set the username to use when checking out
+                          sources from the gnulib repository.
 
 If the file .bootstrap.conf exists in the current working directory, its
 contents are read as shell variables to configure the bootstrap.
@@ -84,18 +89,20 @@ extract_package_name='
   }
 '
 package=`sed -n "$extract_package_name" configure.ac` || exit
+gnulib_name=lib$package
 
+build_aux=build-aux
 # Extra files from gnulib, which override files from other sources.
-gnulib_extra_files='
-	build-aux/install-sh
-	build-aux/missing
-	build-aux/mdate-sh
-	build-aux/texinfo.tex
-	build-aux/depcomp
-	build-aux/config.guess
-	build-aux/config.sub
+gnulib_extra_files="
+	$build_aux/install-sh
+	$build_aux/missing
+	$build_aux/mdate-sh
+	$build_aux/texinfo.tex
+	$build_aux/depcomp
+	$build_aux/config.guess
+	$build_aux/config.sub
 	doc/INSTALL
-'
+"
 
 # Other locale categories that need message catalogs.
 EXTRA_LOCALE_CATEGORIES=
@@ -112,7 +119,7 @@ excluded_files=
 
 # File that should exist in the top directory of a checked out hierarchy,
 # but not in a distribution tarball.
-CVS_only_file=README-cvs
+checkout_only_file=README-hacking
 
 # Whether to use copies instead of symlinks.
 copy=false
@@ -137,7 +144,7 @@ do
   --skip-po)
     SKIP_PO=t;;
   --force)
-    CVS_only_file=;;
+    checkout_only_file=;;
   --copy)
     copy=true;;
   *)
@@ -146,12 +153,42 @@ do
   esac
 done
 
-if test -n "$CVS_only_file" && test ! -r "$CVS_only_file"; then
+if test -n "$checkout_only_file" && test ! -r "$checkout_only_file"; then
   echo "$0: Bootstrapping from a non-checked-out distribution is risky." >&2
   exit 1
 fi
 
-echo "$0: Bootstrapping CVS $package..."
+# If $STR is not already on a line by itself in $FILE, insert it,
+# sorting the new contents of the file and replacing $FILE with the result.
+insert_sorted_if_absent() {
+  file=$1
+  str=$2
+  echo "$str" | sort -u - $file | cmp -s - $file \
+    || echo "$str" | sort -u - $file -o $file \
+    || exit 1
+}
+
+# Die if there is no AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR($build_aux) line in configure.ac.
+found_aux_dir=no
+grep '^[	 ]*AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR(\['"$build_aux"'\])' configure.ac \
+    >/dev/null && found_aux_dir=yes
+grep '^[	 ]*AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR('"$build_aux"')' configure.ac \
+    >/dev/null && found_aux_dir=yes
+if test $found_aux_dir = no; then
+  echo "$0: expected line not found in configure.ac. Add the following:" >&2
+  echo "  AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR([$build_aux])" >&2.
+fi
+
+# If $build_aux doesn't exist, create it now, otherwise some bits
+# below will malfunction.  If creating it, also mark it as ignored.
+if test ! -d $build_aux; then
+  mkdir $build_aux
+  for ig in .cvsignore .gitignore; do
+    test -f $ig && insert_sorted_if_absent $ig $build_aux
+  done
+fi
+
+echo "$0: Bootstrapping from checked-out $package sources..."
 
 cleanup_gnulib() {
   status=$?
@@ -245,7 +282,9 @@ case $SKIP_PO in
     WGET_COMMAND='';;
   esac
 
-  get_translations po $package || exit
+  if test -d po; then
+    get_translations po $package || exit
+  fi
 
   if test -d runtime-po; then
     get_translations runtime-po $package-runtime || exit
@@ -314,7 +353,8 @@ cp_mark_as_generated()
     if test -z "$c1"; then
       cmp -s "$cp_src" "$cp_dst" || {
 	echo "$0: cp -f $cp_src $cp_dst" &&
-	cp -f "$cp_src" "$cp_dst"
+	rm -f "$cp_dst" &&
+	sed "s!$bt_regex/!!g" "$cp_src" > "$cp_dst"
       }
     else
       # Copy the file first to get proper permissions if it
@@ -323,7 +363,7 @@ cp_mark_as_generated()
       (
 	echo "$c1-*- buffer-read-only: t -*- vi: set ro:$c2" &&
 	echo "${c1}DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY!$c2" &&
-	cat "$cp_src"
+	sed "s!$bt_regex/!!g" "$cp_src"
       ) > $cp_dst-t &&
       if cmp -s "$cp_dst-t" "$cp_dst"; then
 	rm -f "$cp_dst-t"
@@ -361,7 +401,7 @@ slurp() {
       done
       if test $file = Makefile.am; then
         copied=$copied${sep}gnulib.mk; sep=$nl
-	remove_intl='/^[^#].*\/intl/s/^/#/'
+	remove_intl='/^[^#].*\/intl/s/^/#/;'"s!$bt_regex/!!g"
         sed "$remove_intl" $1/$dir/$file | cmp -s - $dir/gnulib.mk || {
 	  echo "$0: Copying $1/$dir/$file to $dir/gnulib.mk ..." &&
 	  rm -f $dir/gnulib.mk &&
@@ -392,8 +432,12 @@ slurp() {
     for dot_ig in .cvsignore .gitignore; do
       ig=$dir/$dot_ig
       if test -n "$copied" && test -f $ig; then
-	echo "$copied" | sort -u - $ig | cmp -s - $ig ||
-	echo "$copied" | sort -u - $ig -o $ig || exit
+	insert_sorted_if_absent $ig "$copied"
+	# If an ignored file name ends with _.h, then also add
+	# the name with just ".h".  Many gnulib headers are generated,
+	# e.g., stdint_.h -> stdint.h, dirent_.h ->..., etc.
+	f=`echo "$copied"|sed 's/_\.h$/.h/'`
+	insert_sorted_if_absent $ig "$f"
       fi
     done
   done
@@ -401,9 +445,6 @@ slurp() {
 
 
 # Create boot temporary directories to import from gnulib and gettext.
-
-bt='.#bootmp'
-bt2=${bt}2
 rm -fr $bt $bt2 &&
 mkdir $bt $bt2 || exit
 
@@ -412,9 +453,9 @@ mkdir $bt $bt2 || exit
 gnulib_tool_options="\
  --import\
  --no-changelog\
- --aux-dir $bt/build-aux\
+ --aux-dir $bt/$build_aux\
  --doc-base $bt/doc\
- --lib lib$package\
+ --lib $gnulib_name\
  --m4-base $bt/m4/\
  --source-base $bt/lib/\
  --tests-base $bt/tests\
@@ -430,23 +471,34 @@ done
 
 
 # Import from gettext.
+with_gettext=yes
+grep '^[	 ]*AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION(' configure.ac >/dev/null || \
+    with_gettext=no
 
-echo "$0: (cd $bt2; autopoint) ..."
-cp configure.ac $bt2 &&
-(cd $bt2 && autopoint && rm configure.ac) &&
-slurp $bt2 $bt || exit
+if test $with_gettext = yes; then
+  echo "$0: (cd $bt2; autopoint) ..."
+  cp configure.ac $bt2 &&
+  (cd $bt2 && autopoint && rm configure.ac) &&
+  slurp $bt2 $bt || exit
 
-rm -fr $bt $bt2 || exit
+  rm -fr $bt $bt2 || exit
+fi
 
 
 # Reconfigure, getting other files.
 
 for command in \
+  libtool \
   'aclocal --force -I m4' \
   'autoconf --force' \
   'autoheader --force' \
   'automake --add-missing --copy --force-missing';
 do
+  if test "$command" = libtool; then
+    grep '^[	 ]*AM_PROG_LIBTOOL\>' configure.ac >/dev/null ||
+      continue
+    command='libtoolize -c -f'
+  fi
   echo "$0: $command ..."
   $command || exit
 done
@@ -462,36 +514,37 @@ for file in $gnulib_extra_files; do
   symlink_to_gnulib $file $dst || exit
 done
 
-
-# Create gettext configuration.
-echo "$0: Creating po/Makevars from po/Makevars.template ..."
-rm -f po/Makevars
-sed '
-  /^EXTRA_LOCALE_CATEGORIES *=/s/=.*/= '"$EXTRA_LOCALE_CATEGORIES"'/
-  /^MSGID_BUGS_ADDRESS *=/s/=.*/= bug-'"$package"'@gnu.org/
-  /^XGETTEXT_OPTIONS *=/{
-    s/$/ \\/
-    a\
-	'"$XGETTEXT_OPTIONS"' $${end_of_xgettext_options+}
-  }
-' po/Makevars.template >po/Makevars
-
-if test -d runtime-po; then
-  # Similarly for runtime-po/Makevars, but not quite the same.
-  rm -f runtime-po/Makevars
+if test $with_gettext = yes; then
+  # Create gettext configuration.
+  echo "$0: Creating po/Makevars from po/Makevars.template ..."
+  rm -f po/Makevars
   sed '
-    /^DOMAIN *=.*/s/=.*/= '"$package"'-runtime/
-    /^subdir *=.*/s/=.*/= runtime-po/
+    /^EXTRA_LOCALE_CATEGORIES *=/s/=.*/= '"$EXTRA_LOCALE_CATEGORIES"'/
     /^MSGID_BUGS_ADDRESS *=/s/=.*/= bug-'"$package"'@gnu.org/
     /^XGETTEXT_OPTIONS *=/{
       s/$/ \\/
       a\
-	  '"$XGETTEXT_OPTIONS_RUNTIME"' $${end_of_xgettext_options+}
+	  '"$XGETTEXT_OPTIONS"' $${end_of_xgettext_options+}
     }
-  ' <po/Makevars.template >runtime-po/Makevars
+  ' po/Makevars.template >po/Makevars
 
-  # Copy identical files from po to runtime-po.
-  (cd po && cp -p Makefile.in.in *-quot *.header *.sed *.sin ../runtime-po)
+  if test -d runtime-po; then
+    # Similarly for runtime-po/Makevars, but not quite the same.
+    rm -f runtime-po/Makevars
+    sed '
+      /^DOMAIN *=.*/s/=.*/= '"$package"'-runtime/
+      /^subdir *=.*/s/=.*/= runtime-po/
+      /^MSGID_BUGS_ADDRESS *=/s/=.*/= bug-'"$package"'@gnu.org/
+      /^XGETTEXT_OPTIONS *=/{
+	s/$/ \\/
+	a\
+	    '"$XGETTEXT_OPTIONS_RUNTIME"' $${end_of_xgettext_options+}
+      }
+    ' <po/Makevars.template >runtime-po/Makevars
+
+    # Copy identical files from po to runtime-po.
+    (cd po && cp -p Makefile.in.in *-quot *.header *.sed *.sin ../runtime-po)
+  fi
 fi
 
 echo "$0: done.  Now you can run './configure'."

bootstrap.conf

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 # Bootstrap configuration.
 
-# Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,11 +19,12 @@
 
 
 # We don't need these modules, even though gnulib-tool mistakenly
-# includes them because of gettext dependencies.
+# includes them because of gettext and fchdir dependencies.
 avoided_gnulib_modules='
 	--avoid=lock
 	--avoid=size_max
 	--avoid=xsize
+	--avoid=canonicalize-lgpl
 '
 
 # These modules are obsolete and can probably be removed soon,
@@ -37,12 +38,14 @@ obsolete_gnulib_modules='
 gnulib_modules="
 	$avoided_gnulib_modules
 	$obsolete_gnulib_modules
-	acl alloca argmatch assert backupfile base64 c-strtod
+	acl alloca announce-gen argmatch assert backupfile base64
+	c-strcase c-strtod
 	c-strtold calloc canon-host canonicalize chown cloexec
 	config-h configmake
 	closeout cycle-check d-ino d-type diacrit dirfd dirname dup2
-	error euidaccess exclude exitfail fcntl fcntl-safer fdl file-type
-	fileblocks filemode filenamecat fnmatch-gnu fopen-safer
+	error euidaccess exclude exitfail fchdir fcntl fcntl-safer fdl
+	file-type fileblocks filemode filenamecat fnmatch-gnu
+	fopen-safer
 	fprintftime fsusage ftruncate fts getdate getgroups gethrxtime
 	getline getloadavg getndelim2 getopt getpagesize getpass-gnu
 	gettext gettime gettimeofday getugroups getusershell gnupload
@@ -51,18 +54,20 @@ gnulib_modules="
 	lchmod lchown lib-ignore linebuffer link-follow
 	long-options lstat malloc mbswidth md5 memcasecmp mempcpy
 	memrchr mkancesdirs mkdir mkdir-p mkstemp mktime modechange
-	mountlist obstack pathmax perl physmem posixtm posixver putenv
+	mountlist mpsort obstack pathmax perl physmem posixtm posixver putenv
 	quote quotearg raise readlink readtokens readtokens0 readutmp
-	realloc regex rename-dest-slash rmdir rmdir-errno rpmatch
+	realloc regex rename-dest-slash rmdir rmdir-errno
+	root-dev-ino
+	rpmatch
 	safe-read same
 	save-cwd savedir savewd settime sha1 sig2str ssize_t stat-macros
-	stat-time stdbool stdlib-safer stpcpy strcase strftime
-	strpbrk strtoimax strtoumax strverscmp timespec tzset
+	stat-time stdbool stdlib-safer stpcpy strftime
+	strpbrk strtoimax strtoumax strverscmp sys_stat timespec tzset
 	unicodeio unistd-safer unlink-busy unlinkdir unlocked-io
 	uptime userspec utimecmp utimens vasprintf verify version-etc-fsf
 	wcwidth winsz-ioctl winsz-termios xalloc xgetcwd xgethostname
-	xmemcoll xnanosleep xreadlink xstrtod xstrtoimax xstrtol
-	xstrtold xstrtoumax yesno
+	xmemcoll xnanosleep xreadlink xreadlink-with-size xstrtod xstrtoimax
+	xstrtol xstrtold xstrtoumax yesno
 "
 
 # Other locale categories that need message catalogs.
@@ -76,17 +81,32 @@ XGETTEXT_OPTIONS=$XGETTEXT_OPTIONS'\\\
  --flag=wrapf:1:c-format\\\
 '
 
-# Gettext supplies these files, but we don't need them since
-# we don't have an intl subdirectory.
-excluded_files='
-    m4/glibc2.m4
-    m4/intdiv0.m4
-    m4/lcmessage.m4
-    m4/lock.m4
-    m4/printf-posix.m4
-    m4/size_max.m4
-    m4/uintmax_t.m4
-    m4/ulonglong.m4
-    m4/visibility.m4
-    m4/xsize.m4
-'
+# If "AM_GNU_GETTEXT(external" or "AM_GNU_GETTEXT([external]"
+# appears in configure.ac, exclude some unnecessary files.
+# Without grep's -E option (not portable enough, pre-configure),
+# the following test is ugly.  Also, this depends on the existence
+# of configure.ac, not the obsolescent-named configure.in.  But if
+# you're using this infrastructure, you should care about such things.
+
+gettext_external=0
+grep '^[	 ]*AM_GNU_GETTEXT(external\>' configure.ac > /dev/null &&
+  gettext_external=1
+grep '^[	 ]*AM_GNU_GETTEXT(\[external\]' configure.ac > /dev/null &&
+  gettext_external=1
+
+if test $gettext_external = 1; then
+  # Gettext supplies these files, but we don't need them since
+  # we don't have an intl subdirectory.
+  excluded_files='
+      m4/glibc2.m4
+      m4/intdiv0.m4
+      m4/lcmessage.m4
+      m4/lock.m4
+      m4/printf-posix.m4
+      m4/size_max.m4
+      m4/uintmax_t.m4
+      m4/ulonglong.m4
+      m4/visibility.m4
+      m4/xsize.m4
+  '
+fi

build-aux/.cvsignore

@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+announce-gen
 compile
 config.guess
 config.rpath
@@ -5,6 +6,7 @@ config.sub
 depcomp
 gnupload
 install-sh
+link-warning.h
 mdate-sh
 missing
 mkinstalldirs

build-aux/.gitignore

@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+announce-gen
 compile
 config.guess
 config.rpath
@@ -5,6 +6,7 @@ config.sub
 depcomp
 gnupload
 install-sh
+link-warning.h
 mdate-sh
 missing
 texinfo.tex

build-aux/ChangeLog

@@ -1,3 +1,8 @@
+2007-01-30  Jim Meyering  <jim@meyering.net>
+
+	* vc-list-files: Select column 2, not 3 (hg-0.9.3's manifest format
+	now has only two columns).
+
 2006-10-14  Jim Meyering  <jim@meyering.net>
 
 	* vc-list-files: Don't filter git-ls-files output through cut.

build-aux/vc-list-files

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 #!/bin/sh
 # List the specified version-controlled files.
 
-# Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -43,9 +43,9 @@ if test -d .git; then
   fi
 elif test -d .hg; then
   if test "x$include_prefix" = x; then
-    hg manifest | cut -d ' ' -f 3
+    hg manifest | cut -d ' ' -f 2
   else
-    hg manifest | cut -d ' ' -f 3 | grep "^$include_prefix/"
+    hg manifest | cut -d ' ' -f 2 | grep "^$include_prefix/"
   fi
 elif test -x build-aux/cvsu; then
   build-aux/cvsu --find --types=AFGM $include_prefix

configure.ac

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 # -*- autoconf -*-
 # Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
 
-# Copyright (C) 1991, 1993-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 1991, 1993-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,15 +19,15 @@
 
 dnl Written by Jim Meyering.
 
-AC_PREREQ(2.60)
-AC_INIT([GNU coreutils],[6.4],[bug-coreutils@gnu.org])
+AC_PREREQ(2.61)
+AC_INIT([GNU coreutils],[6.9],[bug-coreutils@gnu.org])
 AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR(src/ls.c)
 
 AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR(build-aux)
 AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([lib/config.h:lib/config.hin])
 
 AB_INIT()
-AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([1.9.6 gnits dist-bzip2])
+AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([1.10 dist-bzip2])
 
 AC_PROG_CC_STDC
 AM_PROG_CC_C_O
@@ -39,6 +39,8 @@ gl_EARLY
 gl_INIT
 coreutils_MACROS
 
+AC_FUNC_FORK
+
 AC_CHECK_FUNCS(uname,
 	OPTIONAL_BIN_PROGS="$OPTIONAL_BIN_PROGS uname\$(EXEEXT)"
 	MAN="$MAN uname.1")

doc/ChangeLog

@@ -1,3 +1,93 @@
+2007-03-21  Eric Blake  <ebb9@byu.net>
+
+	* coreutils.texi (md5sum invocation): Document escapes in output
+	format.  Reported by Armijn Hemel.
+
+2007-03-15  Paul Eggert  <eggert@cs.ucla.edu>
+
+	Fix manual in response to bug reports by Dan Jacobson.
+	* coreutils.texi (sort invocation): Explain numeric sorts better.
+	Compress self-congratulation into a simple "comparison is exact"
+	notice; the --general-numeric-sort option already explains the
+	tradeoffs.
+	(seq invocation): Add example of -f.
+
+2007-03-12  Jim Meyering  <jim@meyering.net>
+
+	* coreutils.texi (cp invocation): Mention that --preserve=timestamps
+	doesn't preserve time stamps on symbolic links.
+	Reported by Polo Talnir in <https://bugzilla.redhat.com/230866>.
+
+2007-02-27  Paul Eggert  <eggert@cs.ucla.edu>
+
+	* coreutils.texi (df invocation): With -P, the default block size
+	and output format is not affected by DF_BLOCK_SIZE, BLOCK_SIZE, or
+	BLOCKSIZE.
+
+2007-01-30  Paul Eggert  <eggert@cs.ucla.edu>
+
+	* coreutils.texi
+	(Input processing in ptx, mkdir invocation, rmdir invocation):
+	@item -> @itemx to fix some typos.
+
+2007-01-30  Paul Eggert  <eggert@cs.ucla.edu>
+
+	* coreutils.texi (mkdir invocation): Say how to set the file
+	permission bits of a parent directory with mkdir -p.
+
+2007-01-29  Jim Meyering  <jim@meyering.net>
+
+	Document new syntax: "chown +0:+287 file", "chgrp +99 file"
+	* coreutils.texi (Disambiguating names and IDs): New section.
+	(chown invocation, chgrp invocation): Mention the new syntax
+	with an xref to the new section.
+
+2007-01-19  Jim Meyering  <jim@meyering.net>
+
+	* coreutils.texi (ls: General output formatting): Mention the
+	workarounds to accommodate the Apple Terminal bug.
+
+2007-01-04  Jim Meyering  <jim@meyering.net>
+
+	* coreutils.texi (base64 invocation): When decoding, newlines
+	are always accepted.
+
+2007-01-03  Jim Meyering  <jim@meyering.net>
+
+	Document what the ".0" in e.g., "-k 2,3.0" means, and...
+	* coreutils.texi (sort invocation): ... that it can be applied to the
+	field-end spec, but not the field-start one.  Patch from Evan Hunt.
+
+2006-12-21  Jim Meyering  <jim@meyering.net>
+
+	* coreutils.texi (dd invocation): Improve the documentation
+	for bs, ibs, obs, and cbs.  Suggestion from Dan Jacobson.
+	Patch by Olivier Delhomme.
+	(dd invocation): Add to the description of cbs.
+	(dd invocation): Specify that bs=N overrides only any
+	_preceding_ ibs and obs settings.  Spotted by Andreas Schwab.
+
+2006-12-14  Jim Meyering  <jim@meyering.net>
+
+	* coreutils.texi: Remove two doubled words.
+	(Treating / specially): With --preserve-root, chgrp and chown
+	will not modify "/", even through a symlink.
+
+2006-11-28  Jim Meyering  <jim@meyering.net>
+
+	* perm.texi (Mode Structure): Fix typo: s/setgid/setuid/.
+	Reported by Georg Neis as Debian bug 400778.
+
+2006-10-27  Jim Meyering  <jim@meyering.net>
+
+	* coreutils.texi (wc invocation): When giving the order in which
+	the various "counts" are listed, also mention "maximum line length".
+	Prompted by a report from Vincent LeFevre.
+
+2006-10-23  Jim Meyering  <jim@meyering.net>
+
+	* coreutils.texi (rm invocation): Describe --one-file-system.
+
 2006-09-26  Paul Eggert  <eggert@cs.ucla.edu>
 
 	* coreutils.texi (groups invocation): "groups" no longer prefixes

doc/coreutils.texi

@@ -208,6 +208,7 @@ Common Options
 * Exit status::                 Indicating program success or failure.
 * Backup options::              Backup options
 * Block size::                  Block size
+* Disambiguating names and IDs:: chgrp and chown owner and group syntax
 * Random sources::              Sources of random data
 * Target directory::            Target directory
 * Trailing slashes::            Trailing slashes
@@ -557,8 +558,8 @@ symbolic link to a directory.  @xref{Target directory}.
 @itemx --si
 @opindex --si
 @cindex SI output
-Append an SI-style abbreviation to each size, such as @samp{MB} for
-megabytes.  Powers of 1000 are used, not 1024; @samp{MB} stands for
+Append an SI-style abbreviation to each size, such as @samp{M} for
+megabytes.  Powers of 1000 are used, not 1024; @samp{M} stands for
 1,000,000 bytes.  This option is equivalent to
 @option{--block-size=si}.  Use the @option{-h} or
 @option{--human-readable} option if
@@ -644,6 +645,7 @@ name.
 * Exit status::                 Indicating program success or failure.
 * Backup options::              -b -S, in some programs.
 * Block size::                  BLOCK_SIZE and --block-size, in some programs.
+* Disambiguating names and IDs:: chgrp and chown owner and group syntax
 * Random sources::              --random-source, in some programs.
 * Target directory::            Specifying a target directory, in some programs.
 * Trailing slashes::            --strip-trailing-slashes, in some programs.
@@ -924,6 +926,46 @@ set.  The @option{-h} or @option{--human-readable} option is equivalent to
 @option{--block-size=human-readable}.  The @option{--si} option is
 equivalent to @option{--block-size=si}.
 
+@node Disambiguating names and IDs
+@section chown and chgrp: Disambiguating user names and IDs
+@cindex user names, disambiguating
+@cindex user IDs, disambiguating
+@cindex group names, disambiguating
+@cindex group IDs, disambiguating
+@cindex disambiguating group names and IDs
+
+Since the @var{owner} and @var{group} arguments to @command{chown} and
+@command{chgrp} may be specified as names or numeric IDs, there is an
+apparent ambiguity.
+What if a user or group @emph{name} is a string of digits?
+@footnote{Using a number as a user name is common in some environments.}
+Should the command interpret it as a user name or as an ID?
+@acronym{POSIX} requires that @command{chown} and @command{chgrp}
+first attempt to resolve the specified string as a name, and
+only once that fails, then try to interpret it as an ID.
+This is troublesome when you want to specify a numeric ID, say 42,
+and it must work even in a pathological situation where
+@samp{42} is a user name that maps to some other user ID, say 1000.
+Simply invoking @code{chown 42 F}, will set @file{F}s owner ID to
+1000---not what you intended.
+
+GNU @command{chown} and @command{chgrp} provide a way to work around this,
+that at the same time may result in a significant performance improvement
+by eliminating a database look-up.
+Simply precede each numeric user ID and/or group ID with a @samp{+},
+in order to force its interpretation as an integer:
+
+@example
+chown +42 F
+chgrp +$numeric_group_id another-file
+chown +0:+0 /
+@end example
+
+GNU @command{chown} and @command{chgrp}
+skip the name look-up process for each @samp{+}-prefixed string,
+because a string containing @samp{+} is never a valid user or group name.
+This syntax is accepted on most common Unix systems, but not on Solaris 10.
+
 @node Random sources
 @section Sources of random data
 
@@ -1158,6 +1200,10 @@ to operate recursively on @file{/}, so they default to
 option makes them safer for most purposes.  For convenience you can
 specify @option{--preserve-root} in an alias or in a shell function.
 
+Note that the @option{--preserve-root} option also ensures
+that @command{chgrp} and @command{chown} do not modify @file{/}
+even when dereferencing a symlink pointing to @file{/}.
+
 @node Special built-in utilities
 @section Special built-in utilities
 
@@ -1845,7 +1891,8 @@ output will be the original data.
 @opindex -i
 @opindex --ignore-garbage
 @cindex Ignore garbage in base64 stream
-During decoding, ignore unrecognized characters (including newline),
+When decoding, newlines are always accepted.
+During decoding, ignore unrecognized bytes,
 to permit distorted data to be decoded.
 
 @end table
@@ -2950,7 +2997,8 @@ wc [@var{option}]@dots{} [@var{file}]@dots{}
 given as an argument, it prints the file name following the counts.  If
 more than one @var{file} is given, @command{wc} prints a final line
 containing the cumulative counts, with the file name @file{total}.  The
-counts are printed in this order: newlines, words, characters, bytes.
+counts are printed in this order: newlines, words, characters, bytes,
+maximum line length.
 Each count is printed right-justified in a field with at least one
 space between fields so that the numbers and file names normally line
 up nicely in columns.  The width of the count fields varies depending
@@ -3155,6 +3203,10 @@ md5sum [@var{option}]@dots{} [@var{file}]@dots{}
 
 For each @var{file}, @samp{md5sum} outputs the MD5 checksum, a flag
 indicating a binary or text input file, and the file name.
+If @var{file} contains a backslash or newline, the
+line is started with a backslash, and each problematic character in
+the file name is escaped with a backslash, making the output
+unambiguous even in the presence of arbitrary file names.
 If @var{file} is omitted or specified as @samp{-}, standard input is read.
 
 The program accepts the following options.  Also see @ref{Common options}.
@@ -3336,12 +3388,26 @@ mode:
 
 @item -c
 @itemx --check
+@itemx --check=diagnose-first
 @opindex -c
 @opindex --check
 @cindex checking for sortedness
-Check whether the given files are already sorted: if they are not all
-sorted, print an error message and exit with a status of 1.
+Check whether the given file is already sorted: if it is not all
+sorted, print a diagnostic containing the first out-of-order line and
+exit with a status of 1.
 Otherwise, exit successfully.
+At most one input file can be given.
+
+@item -C
+@itemx --check=quiet
+@itemx --check=silent
+@opindex -c
+@opindex --check
+@cindex checking for sortedness
+Exit successfully if the given file is already sorted, and
+exit with status 1 otherwise.
+At most one input file can be given.
+This is like @option{-c}, except it does not print a diagnostic.
 
 @item -m
 @itemx --merge
@@ -3395,7 +3461,7 @@ Exit status:
 
 @display
 0 if no error occurred
-1 if invoked with @option{-c} and the input is not properly sorted
+1 if invoked with @option{-c} or @option{-C} and the input is not sorted
 2 if an error occurred
 @end display
 
@@ -3405,7 +3471,6 @@ value as the directory for temporary files instead of @file{/tmp}.  The
 @option{--temporary-directory} (@option{-T}) option in turn overrides
 the environment variable.
 
-
 The following options affect the ordering of output lines.  They may be
 specified globally or as part of a specific key field.  If no key
 fields are specified, global options apply to comparison of entire
@@ -3514,26 +3579,16 @@ can change this.
 @opindex --numeric-sort
 @cindex numeric sort
 @vindex LC_NUMERIC
-Sort numerically: the number begins each line; specifically, it consists
+Sort numerically.  The number begins each line and consists
 of optional blanks, an optional @samp{-} sign, and zero or more
 digits possibly separated by thousands separators, optionally followed
-by a decimal-point character and zero or more digits.  A string of
-no digits is interpreted as @samp{0}.  The @env{LC_NUMERIC}
+by a decimal-point character and zero or more digits.  An empty
+number is treated as @samp{0}.  The @env{LC_NUMERIC}
 locale specifies the decimal-point character and thousands separator.
 By default a blank is a space or a tab, but the @env{LC_CTYPE} locale
 can change this.
 
-Numeric sort uses what might be considered an unconventional method to
-compare strings representing floating point numbers.  Rather than first
-converting each string to the C @code{double} type and then comparing
-those values, @command{sort} aligns the decimal-point characters in the
-two strings and compares the strings a character at a time.  One benefit
-of using this approach is its speed.  In practice this is much more
-efficient than performing the two corresponding string-to-double (or
-even string-to-integer) conversions and then comparing doubles.  In
-addition, there is no corresponding loss of precision.  Converting each
-string to @code{double} before comparison would limit precision to about
-16 digits on most systems.
+Comparison is exact; there is no rounding error.
 
 Neither a leading @samp{+} nor exponential notation is recognized.
 To compare such strings numerically, use the
@@ -3572,6 +3627,18 @@ Other options are:
 
 @table @samp
 
+@item --compress-program=@var{prog}
+Compress any temporary files with the program @var{prog}.
+
+With no arguments, @var{prog} must compress standard input to standard
+output, and when given the @option{-d} option it must decompress
+standard input to standard output.
+
+Terminate with an error if @var{prog} exits with nonzero status.
+
+Whitespace and the backslash character should not appear in
+@var{prog}; they are reserved for future use.
+
 @item -k @var{pos1}[,@var{pos2}]
 @itemx --key=@var{pos1}[,@var{pos2}]
 @opindex -k
@@ -3579,9 +3646,21 @@ Other options are:
 @cindex sort field
 Specify a sort field that consists of the part of the line between
 @var{pos1} and @var{pos2} (or the end of the line, if @var{pos2} is
-omitted), @emph{inclusive}.  Fields and character positions are numbered
-starting with 1.  So to sort on the second field, you'd use
-@option{--key=2,2} (@option{-k 2,2}).  See below for more examples.
+omitted), @emph{inclusive}.
+
+Each @var{pos} has the form @samp{@var{f}[.@var{c}][@var{opts}]},
+where @var{f} is the number of the field to use, and @var{c} is the number
+of the first character from the beginning of the field.  Fields and character
+positions are numbered starting with 1; a character position of zero in
+@var{pos2} indicates the field's last character.  If @samp{.@var{c}} is
+omitted from @var{pos1}, it defaults to 1 (the beginning of the field);
+if omitted from @var{pos2}, it defaults to 0 (the end of the field).
+@var{opts} are ordering options, allowing individual keys to be sorted
+according to different rules; see below for details.  Keys can span
+multiple fields.
+
+Example:  To sort on the second field, use @option{--key=2,2}
+(@option{-k 2,2}).  See below for more examples.
 
 @item -o @var{output-file}
 @itemx --output=@var{output-file}
@@ -3685,7 +3764,7 @@ disks and controllers.
 @cindex uniquifying output
 
 Normally, output only the first of a sequence of lines that compare
-equal.  For the @option{--check} (@option{-c}) option,
+equal.  For the @option{--check} (@option{-c} or @option{-C}) option,
 check that no pair of consecutive lines compares equal.
 
 This option also disables the default last-resort comparison.
@@ -3720,29 +3799,21 @@ consistency, @option{-M} has been changed in the same way.  This may
 affect the meaning of character positions in field specifications in
 obscure cases.  The only fix is to add an explicit @option{-b}.
 
-A position in a sort field specified with the @option{-k}
-option has the form @samp{@var{f}.@var{c}}, where @var{f} is the number
-of the field to use and @var{c} is the number of the first character
-from the beginning of the field.  In a start position, an omitted
-@samp{.@var{c}} stands for the field's first character.  In an end
-position, an omitted or zero @samp{.@var{c}} stands for the field's
-last character.  If the start field falls after the end of the line
-or after the end field, the field is empty.  If the
-@option{-b} option was specified, the @samp{.@var{c}} part of a field
-specification is counted from the first nonblank character of the field.
-
-A sort key position may also have any of the option letters @samp{Mbdfinr}
-appended to it, in which case the global ordering options are not used
-for that particular field.  The @option{-b} option may be independently
-attached to either or both of the start and
-end positions of a field specification, and if it is inherited
-from the global options it will be attached to both.
+A position in a sort field specified with @option{-k} may have any
+of the option letters @samp{Mbdfinr} appended to it, in which case the
+global ordering options are not used for that particular field.  The
+@option{-b} option may be independently attached to either or both of
+the start and end positions of a field specification, and if it is
+inherited from the global options it will be attached to both.
 If input lines can contain leading or adjacent blanks and @option{-t}
 is not used, then @option{-k} is typically combined with @option{-b},
 @option{-g}, @option{-M}, or @option{-n}; otherwise the varying
 numbers of leading blanks in fields can cause confusing results.
 
-Keys can span multiple fields.
+If the start position in a sort field specifier falls after the end of
+the line or after the end field, the field is empty.  If the @option{-b}
+option was specified, the @samp{.@var{c}} part of a field specification
+is counted from the first nonblank character of the field.
 
 @vindex _POSIX2_VERSION
 @vindex POSIXLY_CORRECT
@@ -4488,7 +4559,7 @@ Fold lower case letters to upper case for sorting.
 @table @samp
 
 @item -b @var{file}
-@item --break-file=@var{file}
+@itemx --break-file=@var{file}
 
 This option provides an alternative (to @option{-W}) method of describing
 which characters make up words.  It introduces the name of a
@@ -6409,6 +6480,13 @@ Assume that each tab stop is @var{cols} columns wide.  The default is 8.
 @command{ls} uses tabs where possible in the output, for efficiency.  If
 @var{cols} is zero, do not use tabs at all.
 
+@c FIXME: remove in 2009, if Apple Terminal has been fixed for long enough.
+Some terminal emulators (at least Apple Terminal 1.5 (133) from Mac OS X 10.4.8)
+do not properly align columns to the right of a TAB following a
+non-@acronym{ASCII} byte.  If you use such a terminal emulator, use the
+@option{-T0} option or put @code{TABSIZE=0} in your environment to tell
+@command{ls} to align using spaces, not tabs.
+
 @item -w
 @itemx --width=@var{cols}
 @opindex -w
@@ -6946,7 +7024,13 @@ and ordinary users
 may preserve the group ownership of a file only if they happen to be
 a member of the desired group.
 @itemx timestamps
-Preserve the times of last access and last modification.
+Preserve the times of last access and last modification, when possible.
+In general, it is not possible to preserve these attributes
+when the affected file is a symbolic link.
+However, FreeBSD now provides the @code{lutimes} function, which makes
+it possibile even for symbolic links.  However, this implementation does
+not yet take advantage of that.
+@c FIXME: once we provide lutimes support, update the above.
 @itemx links
 Preserve in the destination files
 any links between corresponding source files.
@@ -7150,25 +7234,33 @@ bytes (or the size specified with @samp{seek=}).
 @opindex ibs
 @cindex block size of input
 @cindex input block size
-Read @var{bytes} bytes at a time.
+Set the input block size to @var{bytes}.
+This makes @command{dd} read @var{bytes} per block.
 
 @item obs=@var{bytes}
 @opindex obs
 @cindex block size of output
 @cindex output block size
-Write @var{bytes} bytes at a time.
+Set the output block size to @var{bytes}.
+This makes @command{dd} write @var{bytes} per block.
 
 @item bs=@var{bytes}
 @opindex bs
 @cindex block size
-Both read and write @var{bytes} bytes at a time.  This overrides
-@samp{ibs} and @samp{obs}.
+Set both input and output block sizes to @var{bytes}.
+This makes @command{dd} read and write @var{bytes} per block,
+overriding any @samp{ibs} and @samp{obs} settings.
 
 @item cbs=@var{bytes}
 @opindex cbs
 @cindex block size of conversion
 @cindex conversion block size
-Convert @var{bytes} bytes at a time.
+@cindex fixed-length records, converting to variable-length
+@cindex variable-length records, converting to fixed-length
+Set the conversion block size to @var{bytes}.
+When converting variable-length records to fixed-length ones
+(@option{conv=block}) or the reverse (@option{conv=unblock}),
+use @var{bytes} as the fixed record length.
 
 @item skip=@var{blocks}
 @opindex skip
@@ -7345,6 +7437,8 @@ Use non-blocking I/O.
 @opindex noatime
 @cindex access time
 Do not update the file's access time.
+Some older file systems silently ignore this flag, so it is a good
+idea to test it on your files before relying on it.
 
 @item noctty
 @opindex noctty
@@ -7772,6 +7866,24 @@ removal is requested.  Equivalent to @option{-I}.
 Specifying @option{--interactive} and no @var{when} is equivalent to
 @option{--interactive=always}.
 
+@itemx --one-file-system
+@opindex --one-file-system
+@cindex one file system, restricting @command{rm} to
+When removing a hierarchy recursively, skip any directory that is on a
+file system different from that of the corresponding command line argument.
+
+This option is useful when removing a build ``chroot'' hierarchy,
+which normally contains no valuable data.  However, it is not uncommon
+to bind-mount @file{/home} into such a hierarchy, to make it easier to
+use one's start-up file.  The catch is that it's easy to forget to
+unmount @file{/home}.  Then, when you use @command{rm -rf} to remove
+your normally throw-away chroot, that command will remove everything
+under @file{/home}, too.
+Use the @option{--one-file-system} option, and it will
+warn about and skip directories on other file systems.
+Of course, this will not save your @file{/home} if it and your
+chroot happen to be on the same file system.
+
 @itemx --preserve-root
 @opindex --preserve-root
 @cindex root directory, disallow recursive destruction
@@ -8334,15 +8446,23 @@ overridden in this way.
 @opindex -p
 @opindex --parents
 @cindex parent directories, creating
-Make any missing parent directories for each argument.  The file permission
-bits of parent directories are set to the umask modified by @samp{u+wx}.
-@xref{Directory Setuid and Setgid}, for how the set-user-ID and
-set-group-ID bits of parent directories are inherited.
-Ignore arguments corresponding to existing directories, and do not
-change their file mode bits.
+Make any missing parent directories for each argument, setting their
+file permission bits to the umask modified by @samp{u+wx}.  Ignore
+existing parent directories, and do not change their file permission
+bits.
+
+To set the file permission bits of any newly-created parent
+directories to a value that includes @samp{u+wx}, you can set the
+umask before invoking @command{mkdir}.  For example, if the shell
+command @samp{(umask u=rwx,go=rx; mkdir -p P/Q)} creates the parent
+@file{P} it sets the parent's permission bits to @samp{u=rwx,go=rx}.
+To set a parent's special mode bits as well, you can invoke
+@command{chmod} after @command{mkdir}.  @xref{Directory Setuid and
+Setgid}, for how the set-user-ID and set-group-ID bits of
+newly-created parent directories are inherited.
 
 @item -v
-@item --verbose
+@itemx --verbose
 @opindex -v
 @opindex --verbose
 Print a message for each created directory.  This is most useful with
@@ -8589,7 +8709,7 @@ a failure does not evoke a diagnostic and does not cause @command{rmdir} to
 exit unsuccessfully.
 
 @item -v
-@item --verbose
+@itemx --verbose
 @opindex -v
 @opindex --verbose
 @cindex directory deletion, reporting
@@ -8708,6 +8828,10 @@ owner nor the group is changed.
 
 @end table
 
+If @var{owner} or @var{group} is intended to represent a numeric user
+or group ID, then you may specify it with a leading @samp{+}.
+@xref{Disambiguating names and IDs}.
+
 Some older scripts may still use @samp{.} in place of the @samp{:} separator.
 @acronym{POSIX} 1003.1-2001 (@pxref{Standards conformance}) does not
 require support for that, but for backward compatibility @acronym{GNU}
@@ -8883,6 +9007,10 @@ or to the group of an existing reference file.  Synopsis:
 chgrp [@var{option}]@dots{} @{@var{group} | --reference=@var{ref_file}@} @var{file}@dots{}
 @end example
 
+If @var{group} is intended to represent a
+numeric group ID, then you may specify it with a leading @samp{+}.
+@xref{Disambiguating names and IDs}.
+
 The program accepts the following options.  Also see @ref{Common options}.
 
 @table @samp
@@ -9132,7 +9260,7 @@ operations, for a user to change the ctime field to a user-specified value.
 Time stamps assume the time zone rules specified by the @env{TZ}
 environment variable, or by the system default rules if @env{TZ} is
 not set.  @xref{TZ Variable,, Specifying the Time Zone with @env{TZ},
-libc, The GNU C Library}.  You can avoid avoid ambiguities during
+libc, The GNU C Library}.  You can avoid ambiguities during
 daylight saving transitions by using @sc{utc} time stamps.
 
 The program accepts the following options.  Also see @ref{Common options}.
@@ -9353,6 +9481,13 @@ some network mounts), the columns are misaligned.
 
 @item
 The labels in the header output line are changed to conform to @acronym{POSIX}.
+
+@item
+The default block size and output format are unaffected by the
+@env{DF_BLOCK_SIZE}, @env{BLOCK_SIZE} and @env{BLOCKSIZE} environment
+variables.  However, the default block size is still affected by
+@env{POSIXLY_CORRECT}: it is 512 if @env{POSIXLY_CORRECT} is set, 1024
+otherwise.  @xref{Block size}.
 @end enumerate
 
 @optSi
@@ -9780,7 +9915,7 @@ $ stat --format=%d:%i / /usr
 @opindex --printf=@var{format}
 @cindex output format
 Use @var{format} rather than the default format.
-Like like @option{--format}, but interpret backslash escapes,
+Like @option{--format}, but interpret backslash escapes,
 and do not output a mandatory trailing newline.
 If you want a newline, include @samp{\n} in the @var{format}.
 Here's how you would use @option{--printf} to print the device
@@ -13798,6 +13933,12 @@ Print all numbers using @var{format}.
 @var{format} must contain exactly one of the @samp{printf}-style
 floating point conversion specifications @samp{%a}, @samp{%e},
 @samp{%f}, @samp{%g}, @samp{%A}, @samp{%E}, @samp{%F}, @samp{%G}.
+The @samp{%} may be followed by zero or more flags taken from the set
+@samp{-+#0 '}, then an optional width containing one or more digits,
+then an optional precision consisting of a @samp{.} followed by zero
+or more digits.  @var{format} may also contain any number of @samp{%%}
+conversion specifications.  All conversion specifications have the
+same meaning as with @samp{printf}.
 
 The default format is derived from @var{first}, @var{step}, and
 @var{last}.  If these all use a fixed point decimal representation,
@@ -13820,6 +13961,15 @@ decimal representation.
 
 @end table
 
+You can get finer-grained control over output with @option{-f}:
+
+@example
+$ seq -f '(%9.2E)' -9e5 1.1e6 1.3e6
+(-9.00E+05)
+( 2.00E+05)
+( 1.30E+06)
+@end example
+
 If you want hexadecimal integer output, you can use @command{printf}
 to perform the conversion:
 

doc/perm.texi

@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ executable files (programs) and, on most systems, directories:
 @cindex set-user-ID
 @cindex setuid
 Set the process's effective user ID to that of the file upon execution
-(called the @dfn{set-user-ID bit}, or sometimes the @dfn{setgid bit}).
+(called the @dfn{set-user-ID bit}, or sometimes the @dfn{setuid bit}).
 For directories on a few systems, give files created in the directory
 the same owner as the directory, no matter who creates them, and set
 the set-user-ID bit of newly-created subdirectories.

gl/lib/base64.c

@@ -0,0 +1,559 @@
+/* base64.c -- Encode binary data using printable characters.
+   Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Simon Josefsson.  Partially adapted from GNU MailUtils
+ * (mailbox/filter_trans.c, as of 2004-11-28).  Improved by review
+ * from Paul Eggert, Bruno Haible, and Stepan Kasal.
+ *
+ * See also RFC 3548 <http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3548.txt>.
+ *
+ * Be careful with error checking.  Here is how you would typically
+ * use these functions:
+ *
+ * bool ok = base64_decode_alloc (in, inlen, &out, &outlen);
+ * if (!ok)
+ *   FAIL: input was not valid base64
+ * if (out == NULL)
+ *   FAIL: memory allocation error
+ * OK: data in OUT/OUTLEN
+ *
+ * size_t outlen = base64_encode_alloc (in, inlen, &out);
+ * if (out == NULL && outlen == 0 && inlen != 0)
+ *   FAIL: input too long
+ * if (out == NULL)
+ *   FAIL: memory allocation error
+ * OK: data in OUT/OUTLEN.
+ *
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Get prototype. */
+#include "base64.h"
+
+/* Get malloc. */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/* Get UCHAR_MAX. */
+#include <limits.h>
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* C89 compliant way to cast 'char' to 'unsigned char'. */
+static inline unsigned char
+to_uchar (char ch)
+{
+  return ch;
+}
+
+/* Base64 encode IN array of size INLEN into OUT array of size OUTLEN.
+   If OUTLEN is less than BASE64_LENGTH(INLEN), write as many bytes as
+   possible.  If OUTLEN is larger than BASE64_LENGTH(INLEN), also zero
+   terminate the output buffer. */
+void
+base64_encode (const char *restrict in, size_t inlen,
+	       char *restrict out, size_t outlen)
+{
+  static const char b64str[64] =
+    "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz0123456789+/";
+
+  while (inlen && outlen)
+    {
+      *out++ = b64str[(to_uchar (in[0]) >> 2) & 0x3f];
+      if (!--outlen)
+	break;
+      *out++ = b64str[((to_uchar (in[0]) << 4)
+		       + (--inlen ? to_uchar (in[1]) >> 4 : 0))
+		      & 0x3f];
+      if (!--outlen)
+	break;
+      *out++ =
+	(inlen
+	 ? b64str[((to_uchar (in[1]) << 2)
+		   + (--inlen ? to_uchar (in[2]) >> 6 : 0))
+		  & 0x3f]
+	 : '=');
+      if (!--outlen)
+	break;
+      *out++ = inlen ? b64str[to_uchar (in[2]) & 0x3f] : '=';
+      if (!--outlen)
+	break;
+      if (inlen)
+	inlen--;
+      if (inlen)
+	in += 3;
+    }
+
+  if (outlen)
+    *out = '\0';
+}
+
+/* Allocate a buffer and store zero terminated base64 encoded data
+   from array IN of size INLEN, returning BASE64_LENGTH(INLEN), i.e.,
+   the length of the encoded data, excluding the terminating zero.  On
+   return, the OUT variable will hold a pointer to newly allocated
+   memory that must be deallocated by the caller.  If output string
+   length would overflow, 0 is returned and OUT is set to NULL.  If
+   memory allocation failed, OUT is set to NULL, and the return value
+   indicates length of the requested memory block, i.e.,
+   BASE64_LENGTH(inlen) + 1. */
+size_t
+base64_encode_alloc (const char *in, size_t inlen, char **out)
+{
+  size_t outlen = 1 + BASE64_LENGTH (inlen);
+
+  /* Check for overflow in outlen computation.
+   *
+   * If there is no overflow, outlen >= inlen.
+   *
+   * If the operation (inlen + 2) overflows then it yields at most +1, so
+   * outlen is 0.
+   *
+   * If the multiplication overflows, we lose at least half of the
+   * correct value, so the result is < ((inlen + 2) / 3) * 2, which is
+   * less than (inlen + 2) * 0.66667, which is less than inlen as soon as
+   * (inlen > 4).
+   */
+  if (inlen > outlen)
+    {
+      *out = NULL;
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+  *out = malloc (outlen);
+  if (!*out)
+    return outlen;
+
+  base64_encode (in, inlen, *out, outlen);
+
+  return outlen - 1;
+}
+
+/* With this approach this file works independent of the charset used
+   (think EBCDIC).  However, it does assume that the characters in the
+   Base64 alphabet (A-Za-z0-9+/) are encoded in 0..255.  POSIX
+   1003.1-2001 require that char and unsigned char are 8-bit
+   quantities, though, taking care of that problem.  But this may be a
+   potential problem on non-POSIX C99 platforms.
+
+   IBM C V6 for AIX mishandles "#define B64(x) ...'x'...", so use "_"
+   as the formal parameter rather than "x".  */
+#define B64(_)					\
+  ((_) == 'A' ? 0				\
+   : (_) == 'B' ? 1				\
+   : (_) == 'C' ? 2				\
+   : (_) == 'D' ? 3				\
+   : (_) == 'E' ? 4				\
+   : (_) == 'F' ? 5				\
+   : (_) == 'G' ? 6				\
+   : (_) == 'H' ? 7				\
+   : (_) == 'I' ? 8				\
+   : (_) == 'J' ? 9				\
+   : (_) == 'K' ? 10				\
+   : (_) == 'L' ? 11				\
+   : (_) == 'M' ? 12				\
+   : (_) == 'N' ? 13				\
+   : (_) == 'O' ? 14				\
+   : (_) == 'P' ? 15				\
+   : (_) == 'Q' ? 16				\
+   : (_) == 'R' ? 17				\
+   : (_) == 'S' ? 18				\
+   : (_) == 'T' ? 19				\
+   : (_) == 'U' ? 20				\
+   : (_) == 'V' ? 21				\
+   : (_) == 'W' ? 22				\
+   : (_) == 'X' ? 23				\
+   : (_) == 'Y' ? 24				\
+   : (_) == 'Z' ? 25				\
+   : (_) == 'a' ? 26				\
+   : (_) == 'b' ? 27				\
+   : (_) == 'c' ? 28				\
+   : (_) == 'd' ? 29				\
+   : (_) == 'e' ? 30				\
+   : (_) == 'f' ? 31				\
+   : (_) == 'g' ? 32				\
+   : (_) == 'h' ? 33				\
+   : (_) == 'i' ? 34				\
+   : (_) == 'j' ? 35				\
+   : (_) == 'k' ? 36				\
+   : (_) == 'l' ? 37				\
+   : (_) == 'm' ? 38				\
+   : (_) == 'n' ? 39				\
+   : (_) == 'o' ? 40				\
+   : (_) == 'p' ? 41				\
+   : (_) == 'q' ? 42				\
+   : (_) == 'r' ? 43				\
+   : (_) == 's' ? 44				\
+   : (_) == 't' ? 45				\
+   : (_) == 'u' ? 46				\
+   : (_) == 'v' ? 47				\
+   : (_) == 'w' ? 48				\
+   : (_) == 'x' ? 49				\
+   : (_) == 'y' ? 50				\
+   : (_) == 'z' ? 51				\
+   : (_) == '0' ? 52				\
+   : (_) == '1' ? 53				\
+   : (_) == '2' ? 54				\
+   : (_) == '3' ? 55				\
+   : (_) == '4' ? 56				\
+   : (_) == '5' ? 57				\
+   : (_) == '6' ? 58				\
+   : (_) == '7' ? 59				\
+   : (_) == '8' ? 60				\
+   : (_) == '9' ? 61				\
+   : (_) == '+' ? 62				\
+   : (_) == '/' ? 63				\
+   : -1)
+
+static const signed char b64[0x100] = {
+  B64 (0), B64 (1), B64 (2), B64 (3),
+  B64 (4), B64 (5), B64 (6), B64 (7),
+  B64 (8), B64 (9), B64 (10), B64 (11),
+  B64 (12), B64 (13), B64 (14), B64 (15),
+  B64 (16), B64 (17), B64 (18), B64 (19),
+  B64 (20), B64 (21), B64 (22), B64 (23),
+  B64 (24), B64 (25), B64 (26), B64 (27),
+  B64 (28), B64 (29), B64 (30), B64 (31),
+  B64 (32), B64 (33), B64 (34), B64 (35),
+  B64 (36), B64 (37), B64 (38), B64 (39),
+  B64 (40), B64 (41), B64 (42), B64 (43),
+  B64 (44), B64 (45), B64 (46), B64 (47),
+  B64 (48), B64 (49), B64 (50), B64 (51),
+  B64 (52), B64 (53), B64 (54), B64 (55),
+  B64 (56), B64 (57), B64 (58), B64 (59),
+  B64 (60), B64 (61), B64 (62), B64 (63),
+  B64 (64), B64 (65), B64 (66), B64 (67),
+  B64 (68), B64 (69), B64 (70), B64 (71),
+  B64 (72), B64 (73), B64 (74), B64 (75),
+  B64 (76), B64 (77), B64 (78), B64 (79),
+  B64 (80), B64 (81), B64 (82), B64 (83),
+  B64 (84), B64 (85), B64 (86), B64 (87),
+  B64 (88), B64 (89), B64 (90), B64 (91),
+  B64 (92), B64 (93), B64 (94), B64 (95),
+  B64 (96), B64 (97), B64 (98), B64 (99),
+  B64 (100), B64 (101), B64 (102), B64 (103),
+  B64 (104), B64 (105), B64 (106), B64 (107),
+  B64 (108), B64 (109), B64 (110), B64 (111),
+  B64 (112), B64 (113), B64 (114), B64 (115),
+  B64 (116), B64 (117), B64 (118), B64 (119),
+  B64 (120), B64 (121), B64 (122), B64 (123),
+  B64 (124), B64 (125), B64 (126), B64 (127),
+  B64 (128), B64 (129), B64 (130), B64 (131),
+  B64 (132), B64 (133), B64 (134), B64 (135),
+  B64 (136), B64 (137), B64 (138), B64 (139),
+  B64 (140), B64 (141), B64 (142), B64 (143),
+  B64 (144), B64 (145), B64 (146), B64 (147),
+  B64 (148), B64 (149), B64 (150), B64 (151),
+  B64 (152), B64 (153), B64 (154), B64 (155),
+  B64 (156), B64 (157), B64 (158), B64 (159),
+  B64 (160), B64 (161), B64 (162), B64 (163),
+  B64 (164), B64 (165), B64 (166), B64 (167),
+  B64 (168), B64 (169), B64 (170), B64 (171),
+  B64 (172), B64 (173), B64 (174), B64 (175),
+  B64 (176), B64 (177), B64 (178), B64 (179),
+  B64 (180), B64 (181), B64 (182), B64 (183),
+  B64 (184), B64 (185), B64 (186), B64 (187),
+  B64 (188), B64 (189), B64 (190), B64 (191),
+  B64 (192), B64 (193), B64 (194), B64 (195),
+  B64 (196), B64 (197), B64 (198), B64 (199),
+  B64 (200), B64 (201), B64 (202), B64 (203),
+  B64 (204), B64 (205), B64 (206), B64 (207),
+  B64 (208), B64 (209), B64 (210), B64 (211),
+  B64 (212), B64 (213), B64 (214), B64 (215),
+  B64 (216), B64 (217), B64 (218), B64 (219),
+  B64 (220), B64 (221), B64 (222), B64 (223),
+  B64 (224), B64 (225), B64 (226), B64 (227),
+  B64 (228), B64 (229), B64 (230), B64 (231),
+  B64 (232), B64 (233), B64 (234), B64 (235),
+  B64 (236), B64 (237), B64 (238), B64 (239),
+  B64 (240), B64 (241), B64 (242), B64 (243),
+  B64 (244), B64 (245), B64 (246), B64 (247),
+  B64 (248), B64 (249), B64 (250), B64 (251),
+  B64 (252), B64 (253), B64 (254), B64 (255)
+};
+
+#if UCHAR_MAX == 255
+# define uchar_in_range(c) true
+#else
+# define uchar_in_range(c) ((c) <= 255)
+#endif
+
+/* Return true if CH is a character from the Base64 alphabet, and
+   false otherwise.  Note that '=' is padding and not considered to be
+   part of the alphabet.  */
+bool
+isbase64 (char ch)
+{
+  return uchar_in_range (to_uchar (ch)) && 0 <= b64[to_uchar (ch)];
+}
+
+/* Initialize decode-context buffer, CTX.  */
+void
+base64_decode_ctx_init (struct base64_decode_context *ctx)
+{
+  ctx->i = 0;
+}
+
+/* If CTX->i is 0 or 4, there are four or more bytes in [*IN..IN_END), and
+   none of those four is a newline, then return *IN.  Otherwise, copy up to
+   4 - CTX->i non-newline bytes from that range into CTX->buf, starting at
+   index CTX->i and setting CTX->i to reflect the number of bytes copied,
+   and return CTX->buf.  In either case, advance *IN to point to the byte
+   after the last one processed, and set *N_NON_NEWLINE to the number of
+   verified non-newline bytes accessible through the returned pointer.  */
+static inline char *
+get_4 (struct base64_decode_context *ctx,
+       char const *restrict *in, char const *restrict in_end,
+       size_t *n_non_newline)
+{
+  if (ctx->i == 4)
+    ctx->i = 0;
+
+  if (ctx->i == 0)
+    {
+      char const *t = *in;
+      if (4 <= in_end - *in && memchr (t, '\n', 4) == NULL)
+	{
+	  /* This is the common case: no newline.  */
+	  *in += 4;
+	  *n_non_newline = 4;
+	  return (char *) t;
+	}
+    }
+
+  {
+    /* Copy non-newline bytes into BUF.  */
+    char const *p = *in;
+    while (p < in_end)
+      {
+	char c = *p++;
+	if (c != '\n')
+	  {
+	    ctx->buf[ctx->i++] = c;
+	    if (ctx->i == 4)
+	      break;
+	  }
+      }
+
+    *in = p;
+    *n_non_newline = ctx->i;
+    return ctx->buf;
+  }
+}
+
+#define return_false				\
+  do						\
+    {						\
+      *outp = out;				\
+      return false;				\
+    }						\
+  while (false)
+
+/* Decode up to four bytes of base64-encoded data, IN, of length INLEN
+   into the output buffer, *OUT, of size *OUTLEN bytes.  Return true if
+   decoding is successful, false otherwise.  If *OUTLEN is too small,
+   as many bytes as possible are written to *OUT.  On return, advance
+   *OUT to point to the byte after the last one written, and decrement
+   *OUTLEN to reflect the number of bytes remaining in *OUT.  */
+static inline bool
+decode_4 (char const *restrict in, size_t inlen,
+	  char *restrict *outp, size_t *outleft)
+{
+  char *out = *outp;
+  if (inlen < 2)
+    return false;
+
+  if (!isbase64 (in[0]) || !isbase64 (in[1]))
+    return false;
+
+  if (*outleft)
+    {
+      *out++ = ((b64[to_uchar (in[0])] << 2)
+		| (b64[to_uchar (in[1])] >> 4));
+      --*outleft;
+    }
+
+  if (inlen == 2)
+    return_false;
+
+  if (in[2] == '=')
+    {
+      if (inlen != 4)
+	return_false;
+
+      if (in[3] != '=')
+	return_false;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (!isbase64 (in[2]))
+	return_false;
+
+      if (*outleft)
+	{
+	  *out++ = (((b64[to_uchar (in[1])] << 4) & 0xf0)
+		    | (b64[to_uchar (in[2])] >> 2));
+	  --*outleft;
+	}
+
+      if (inlen == 3)
+	return_false;
+
+      if (in[3] == '=')
+	{
+	  if (inlen != 4)
+	    return_false;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  if (!isbase64 (in[3]))
+	    return_false;
+
+	  if (*outleft)
+	    {
+	      *out++ = (((b64[to_uchar (in[2])] << 6) & 0xc0)
+			| b64[to_uchar (in[3])]);
+	      --*outleft;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  *outp = out;
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Decode base64-encoded input array IN of length INLEN to output array
+   OUT that can hold *OUTLEN bytes.  The input data may be interspersed
+   with newlines.  Return true if decoding was successful, i.e. if the
+   input was valid base64 data, false otherwise.  If *OUTLEN is too
+   small, as many bytes as possible will be written to OUT.  On return,
+   *OUTLEN holds the length of decoded bytes in OUT.  Note that as soon
+   as any non-alphabet, non-newline character is encountered, decoding
+   is stopped and false is returned.  If INLEN is zero, then process
+   only whatever data is stored in CTX.
+
+   Initially, CTX must have been initialized via base64_decode_ctx_init.
+   Subsequent calls to this function must reuse whatever state is recorded
+   in that buffer.  It is necessary for when a quadruple of base64 input
+   bytes spans two input buffers.  */
+
+bool
+base64_decode (struct base64_decode_context *ctx,
+	       const char *restrict in, size_t inlen,
+	       char *restrict out, size_t *outlen)
+{
+  size_t outleft = *outlen;
+  bool flush_ctx = inlen == 0;
+
+  while (true)
+    {
+      size_t outleft_save = outleft;
+      if (ctx->i == 0 && !flush_ctx)
+	{
+	  while (true)
+	    {
+	      /* Save a copy of outleft, in case we need to re-parse this
+		 block of four bytes.  */
+	      outleft_save = outleft;
+	      if (!decode_4 (in, inlen, &out, &outleft))
+		break;
+
+	      in += 4;
+	      inlen -= 4;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      if (inlen == 0 && !flush_ctx)
+	break;
+
+      /* Handle the common case of 72-byte wrapped lines.
+	 This also handles any other multiple-of-4-byte wrapping.  */
+      if (inlen && *in == '\n')
+	{
+	  ++in;
+	  --inlen;
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      /* Restore OUT and OUTLEFT.  */
+      out -= outleft_save - outleft;
+      outleft = outleft_save;
+
+      {
+	char const *in_end = in + inlen;
+	char const *non_nl = get_4 (ctx, &in, in_end, &inlen);
+
+	/* If the input is empty or consists solely of newlines (0 non-newlines),
+	   then we're done.  Likewise if there are fewer than 4 bytes when not
+	   flushing context.  */
+	if (inlen == 0 || (inlen < 4 && !flush_ctx))
+	  {
+	    inlen = 0;
+	    break;
+	  }
+	if (!decode_4 (non_nl, inlen, &out, &outleft))
+	  break;
+
+	inlen = in_end - in;
+      }
+    }
+
+  *outlen -= outleft;
+
+  return inlen == 0;
+}
+
+/* Allocate an output buffer in *OUT, and decode the base64 encoded
+   data stored in IN of size INLEN to the *OUT buffer.  On return, the
+   size of the decoded data is stored in *OUTLEN.  OUTLEN may be NULL,
+   if the caller is not interested in the decoded length.  *OUT may be
+   NULL to indicate an out of memory error, in which case *OUTLEN
+   contains the size of the memory block needed.  The function returns
+   true on successful decoding and memory allocation errors.  (Use the
+   *OUT and *OUTLEN parameters to differentiate between successful
+   decoding and memory error.)  The function returns false if the
+   input was invalid, in which case *OUT is NULL and *OUTLEN is
+   undefined. */
+bool
+base64_decode_alloc (struct base64_decode_context *ctx,
+		     const char *in, size_t inlen, char **out,
+		     size_t *outlen)
+{
+  /* This may allocate a few bytes too many, depending on input,
+     but it's not worth the extra CPU time to compute the exact size.
+     The exact size is 3 * inlen / 4, minus 1 if the input ends
+     with "=" and minus another 1 if the input ends with "==".
+     Dividing before multiplying avoids the possibility of overflow.  */
+  size_t needlen = 3 * (inlen / 4) + 2;
+
+  *out = malloc (needlen);
+  if (!*out)
+    return true;
+
+  if (!base64_decode (ctx, in, inlen, *out, &needlen))
+    {
+      free (*out);
+      *out = NULL;
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  if (outlen)
+    *outlen = needlen;
+
+  return true;
+}

gl/lib/base64.h

@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+/* base64.h -- Encode binary data using printable characters.
+   Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Simon Josefsson.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef BASE64_H
+# define BASE64_H
+
+/* Get size_t. */
+# include <stddef.h>
+
+/* Get bool. */
+# include <stdbool.h>
+
+/* This uses that the expression (n+(k-1))/k means the smallest
+   integer >= n/k, i.e., the ceiling of n/k.  */
+# define BASE64_LENGTH(inlen) ((((inlen) + 2) / 3) * 4)
+
+struct base64_decode_context
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+  char buf[4];
+};
+
+extern bool isbase64 (char ch);
+
+extern void base64_encode (const char *restrict in, size_t inlen,
+			   char *restrict out, size_t outlen);
+
+extern size_t base64_encode_alloc (const char *in, size_t inlen, char **out);
+
+extern void base64_decode_ctx_init (struct base64_decode_context *ctx);
+extern bool base64_decode (struct base64_decode_context *ctx,
+			   const char *restrict in, size_t inlen,
+			   char *restrict out, size_t *outlen);
+
+extern bool base64_decode_alloc (struct base64_decode_context *ctx,
+				 const char *in, size_t inlen,
+				 char **out, size_t *outlen);
+
+#endif /* BASE64_H */

gl/m4/root-dev-ino.m4

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-#serial 2
+#serial 3
 dnl Copyright (C) 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
 dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
@@ -6,7 +6,6 @@ dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
 
 AC_DEFUN([gl_ROOT_DEV_INO],
 [
-  AC_LIBSOURCES([root-dev-ino.c, root-dev-ino.h, dev-ino.h, same-inode.h])
   AC_LIBOBJ([root-dev-ino])
 
   dnl Prerequisites

gl/modules/root-dev-ino

@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+Description:
+Root device and inode number checking.
+
+Files:
+lib/root-dev-ino.h
+lib/root-dev-ino.c
+m4/root-dev-ino.m4
+
+Depends-on:
+dev-ino
+same-inode
+
+configure.ac:
+gl_ROOT_DEV_INO
+
+Makefile.am:
+
+Include:
+"root-dev-ino.h"
+
+License:
+GPL
+
+Maintainer:
+Jim Meyering

lib/.cvsignore

@@ -3,8 +3,10 @@ Makefile
 Makefile.in
 __fpending.c
 __fpending.h
+acl-internal.h
 acl.c
 acl.h
+acl_entries.c
 alloca.c
 alloca.h
 alloca_.h
@@ -22,6 +24,11 @@ backupfile.h
 base64.c
 base64.h
 basename.c
+c-ctype.c
+c-ctype.h
+c-strcase.h
+c-strcasecmp.c
+c-strncasecmp.c
 c-strtod.c
 c-strtod.h
 c-strtold.c
@@ -40,6 +47,7 @@ close-stream.c
 close-stream.h
 closeout.c
 closeout.h
+concatpath.c
 config.charset
 config.h
 config.hin
@@ -52,6 +60,8 @@ diacrit.c
 diacrit.h
 dirchownmod.c
 dirchownmod.h
+dirent.h
+dirent_.h
 dirfd.c
 dirfd.h
 dirname.c
@@ -67,13 +77,16 @@ exclude.h
 exit.h
 exitfail.c
 exitfail.h
+fchdir.c
 fchmodat.c
 fchown-stub.c
+fchownat.c
 fcntl--.h
 fcntl-safer.h
 fcntl.h
 fcntl_.h
 fd-safer.c
+file-has-acl.c
 file-type.c
 file-type.h
 fileblocks.c
@@ -81,6 +94,8 @@ filemode.c
 filemode.h
 filenamecat.c
 filenamecat.h
+findprog.c
+findprog.h
 fnmatch.c
 fnmatch.h
 fnmatch_.h
@@ -89,6 +104,7 @@ fopen-safer.c
 fprintftime.c
 fprintftime.h
 free.c
+fstatat.c
 fsusage.c
 fsusage.h
 ftruncate.c
@@ -145,6 +161,8 @@ hash.c
 hash.h
 human.c
 human.h
+i-ring.c
+i-ring.h
 idcache.c
 imaxtostr.c
 inet_ntop.c
@@ -170,6 +188,7 @@ lstat.h
 malloc.c
 mbchar.c
 mbchar.h
+mbscasecmp.c
 mbswidth.c
 mbswidth.h
 mbuiter.h
@@ -184,9 +203,7 @@ memcoll.h
 memcpy.c
 memmove.c
 mempcpy.c
-mempcpy.h
 memrchr.c
-memrchr.h
 memset.c
 mkancesdirs.c
 mkancesdirs.h
@@ -202,7 +219,11 @@ modechange.c
 modechange.h
 mountlist.c
 mountlist.h
+mpsort.c
+mpsort.h
 nanosleep.c
+netinet_in.h
+netinet_in_.h
 obstack.c
 obstack.h
 offtostr.c
@@ -213,6 +234,7 @@ openat-proc.c
 openat.c
 openat.h
 pathmax.h
+pathname.h
 physmem.c
 physmem.h
 pipe-safer.c
@@ -251,6 +273,8 @@ regexec.c
 rename-dest-slash.c
 rename.c
 rmdir.c
+root-dev-ino.c
+root-dev-ino.h
 rpmatch.c
 safe-read.c
 safe-read.h
@@ -275,10 +299,12 @@ sig2str.c
 sig2str.h
 snprintf.c
 snprintf.h
+socket.h
 socket_.h
 stamp-h1
 stat-macros.h
 stat-time.h
+stat.h
 stat_.h
 stdbool.h
 stdbool_.h
@@ -286,27 +312,27 @@ stdint.h
 stdint_.h
 stdio--.h
 stdio-safer.h
+stdio.h
+stdio_.h
 stdlib--.h
 stdlib-safer.h
+stdlib.h
+stdlib_.h
 stpcpy.c
-stpcpy.h
-strcase.h
 strcasecmp.c
 strcspn.c
 strdup.c
-strdup.h
 strftime.c
 strftime.h
+string.h
+string_.h
 stripslash.c
 strncasecmp.c
 strndup.c
-strndup.h
 strnlen.c
-strnlen.h
 strnlen1.c
 strnlen1.h
 strpbrk.c
-strpbrk.h
 strtod.c
 strtoimax.c
 strtol.c
@@ -316,15 +342,24 @@ strtoull.c
 strtoumax.c
 strverscmp.c
 strverscmp.h
+sys
+sys_time.h
+sys_time_.h
 t-fpending
 tempname.c
+tempname.h
+time.h
+time_.h
 time_r.c
 time_r.h
 timespec.h
+uinttostr.c
 umaxtostr.c
 unicodeio.h
 unistd--.h
 unistd-safer.h
+unistd.h
+unistd_.h
 unlinkdir.c
 unlinkdir.h
 unlocked-io.h
@@ -343,6 +378,10 @@ verify.h
 version-etc-fsf.c
 version-etc.c
 version-etc.h
+wchar.h
+wchar_.h
+wctype.h
+wctype_.h
 wcwidth.h
 xalloc-die.c
 xalloc.h
@@ -355,6 +394,7 @@ xmemcoll.c
 xmemcoll.h
 xnanosleep.c
 xnanosleep.h
+xreadlink-with-size.c
 xreadlink.c
 xreadlink.h
 xstrndup.c

lib/.gitignore

@@ -1,7 +1,9 @@
 __fpending.c
 __fpending.h
+acl-internal.h
 acl.c
 acl.h
+acl_entries.c
 alloca.c
 alloca.h
 alloca_.h
@@ -19,6 +21,11 @@ backupfile.h
 base64.c
 base64.h
 basename.c
+c-ctype.c
+c-ctype.h
+c-strcase.h
+c-strcasecmp.c
+c-strncasecmp.c
 c-strtod.c
 c-strtod.h
 c-strtold.c
@@ -37,6 +44,7 @@ close-stream.c
 close-stream.h
 closeout.c
 closeout.h
+concatpath.c
 config.charset
 configmake.h
 creat-safer.c
@@ -47,6 +55,8 @@ diacrit.c
 diacrit.h
 dirchownmod.c
 dirchownmod.h
+dirent.h
+dirent_.h
 dirfd.c
 dirfd.h
 dirname.c
@@ -62,13 +72,16 @@ exclude.h
 exit.h
 exitfail.c
 exitfail.h
+fchdir.c
 fchmodat.c
 fchown-stub.c
+fchownat.c
 fcntl--.h
 fcntl-safer.h
 fcntl.h
 fcntl_.h
 fd-safer.c
+file-has-acl.c
 file-type.c
 file-type.h
 fileblocks.c
@@ -76,18 +89,23 @@ filemode.c
 filemode.h
 filenamecat.c
 filenamecat.h
+findprog.c
+findprog.h
 fnmatch.c
+fnmatch.h
 fnmatch_.h
 fnmatch_loop.c
 fopen-safer.c
 fprintftime.c
 fprintftime.h
 free.c
+fstatat.c
 fsusage.c
 fsusage.h
 ftruncate.c
 fts-cycle.c
 fts.c
+fts.h
 fts_.h
 full-read.c
 full-read.h
@@ -113,6 +131,7 @@ getloadavg.c
 getndelim2.c
 getndelim2.h
 getopt.c
+getopt.h
 getopt1.c
 getopt_.h
 getopt_int.h
@@ -135,6 +154,8 @@ hash.c
 hash.h
 human.c
 human.h
+i-ring.c
+i-ring.h
 idcache.c
 imaxtostr.c
 inet_ntop.c
@@ -161,6 +182,7 @@ lstat.h
 malloc.c
 mbchar.c
 mbchar.h
+mbscasecmp.c
 mbswidth.c
 mbswidth.h
 mbuiter.h
@@ -175,9 +197,7 @@ memcoll.h
 memcpy.c
 memmove.c
 mempcpy.c
-mempcpy.h
 memrchr.c
-memrchr.h
 memset.c
 mkancesdirs.c
 mkancesdirs.h
@@ -193,7 +213,11 @@ modechange.c
 modechange.h
 mountlist.c
 mountlist.h
+mpsort.c
+mpsort.h
 nanosleep.c
+netinet_in.h
+netinet_in_.h
 obstack.c
 obstack.h
 offtostr.c
@@ -204,6 +228,7 @@ openat-proc.c
 openat.c
 openat.h
 pathmax.h
+pathname.h
 physmem.c
 physmem.h
 pipe-safer.c
@@ -241,6 +266,8 @@ regexec.c
 rename-dest-slash.c
 rename.c
 rmdir.c
+root-dev-ino.c
+root-dev-ino.h
 rpmatch.c
 safe-read.c
 safe-read.h
@@ -264,36 +291,39 @@ sig2str.c
 sig2str.h
 snprintf.c
 snprintf.h
+socket.h
 socket_.h
 stat-macros.h
 stat-time.h
+stat.h
 stat_.h
+stdbool.h
 stdbool_.h
 stdint.h
 stdint_.h
 stdio--.h
 stdio-safer.h
+stdio.h
+stdio_.h
 stdlib--.h
 stdlib-safer.h
+stdlib.h
+stdlib_.h
 stpcpy.c
-stpcpy.h
-strcase.h
 strcasecmp.c
 strcspn.c
 strdup.c
-strdup.h
 strftime.c
 strftime.h
+string.h
+string_.h
 stripslash.c
 strncasecmp.c
 strndup.c
-strndup.h
 strnlen.c
-strnlen.h
 strnlen1.c
 strnlen1.h
 strpbrk.c
-strpbrk.h
 strtod.c
 strtoimax.c
 strtol.c
@@ -303,8 +333,14 @@ strtoull.c
 strtoumax.c
 strverscmp.c
 strverscmp.h
+sys
+sys_time.h
+sys_time_.h
 t-fpending
 tempname.c
+tempname.h
+time.h
+time_.h
 time_r.c
 time_r.h
 timespec.h
@@ -313,6 +349,8 @@ umaxtostr.c
 unicodeio.h
 unistd--.h
 unistd-safer.h
+unistd.h
+unistd_.h
 unlinkdir.c
 unlinkdir.h
 unlocked-io.h
@@ -331,6 +369,10 @@ verify.h
 version-etc-fsf.c
 version-etc.c
 version-etc.h
+wchar.h
+wchar_.h
+wctype.h
+wctype_.h
 wcwidth.h
 xalloc-die.c
 xalloc.h
@@ -343,6 +385,7 @@ xmemcoll.c
 xmemcoll.h
 xnanosleep.c
 xnanosleep.h
+xreadlink-with-size.c
 xreadlink.c
 xreadlink.h
 xstrndup.c

lib/ChangeLog

@@ -1,3 +1,72 @@
+2007-03-20  Jim Meyering  <jim@meyering.net>
+
+	Fix a typo in the handling of %x and %X.
+	* vasnprintf.c (VASNPRINTF): When adding 2 to buffer length,
+	don't double it.
+
+2007-03-04  Jim Meyering  <jim@meyering.net>
+
+	* vasnprintf.c (VASNPRINTF): Add missing semicolon.
+
+2007-03-02  Jim Meyering  <jim@meyering.net>
+
+	* vasnprintf.c (VASNPRINTF): Remove cast of alloca return value.
+
+2007-03-01  Jim Meyering  <jim@meyering.net>
+
+	Merge in changes from gnulib:
+	* vasnprintf.c: Add a comment explaining why coreutils has its own
+	version of this file.
+	Include <stdint.h>.
+	(SIZE_MAX): Remove definition (now, stdint.h covers that).
+	(EOVERFLOW): Remove definition (now done via the eoverflow module).
+	Update some #ifdef to #if.
+	Use HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT, not HAVE_LONG_LONG.
+	* printf-parse.c: Likewise.
+
+2007-02-28  Jim Meyering  <jim@meyering.net>
+
+	* tsearch.c: Remove unused file.
+
+2007-02-23  Jim Meyering  <jim@meyering.net>
+
+	* randperm.c (randperm_new): Comment: say that this function
+	returns a pointer to malloc'd storage.
+
+2007-02-18  Jim Meyering  <jim@meyering.net>
+
+	* xfts.c: Include <stdlib.h> rather than exit.h, now that stdlib.h
+	is guaranteed to provide a valid definition of EXIT_FAILURE.
+
+2007-01-19  Jim Meyering  <jim@meyering.net>
+
+	* .cvsignore, .gitignore: Add sys, as well as more
+	bootstrap-inserted file names.
+
+2007-01-14  Jim Meyering  <jim@meyering.net>
+
+	* fchdir-stub.c: Remove file.  No longer needed.
+
+2006-12-03  Jim Meyering  <jim@meyering.net>
+
+	* Makefile.am (libcoreutils_a_SOURCES): Remove xmemcoll.c and
+	xmemcoll.h.  Now, they're handled by the gnulib xmemcoll module.
+
+2006-11-22  Paul Eggert  <eggert@cs.ucla.edu>
+
+	* randread.c (__attribute__): Don't define if __attribute__ is
+	already defined.  Otherwise, the code won't conform to C99, since
+	the macro arg is spelled differently by some include file, and the
+	compilation fails with pedantic GCC.
+
+2006-11-22  Jim Meyering  <jim@meyering.net>
+
+	* .cvsignore, .gitignore: Add fstat.c.
+
+2006-11-14  Jim Meyering  <jim@meyering.net>
+
+	* readlink-stub.c, lstat-stub.c: Remove now-unused files.
+
 2006-10-14  Paul Eggert  <eggert@cs.ucla.edu>
 
 	Port sha512sum to hosts where uintmax_t is only 32 bits, e.g.,

lib/Makefile.am

@@ -26,7 +26,6 @@ LDADD = $(noinst_LIBRARIES)
 
 libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += \
   buffer-lcm.c buffer-lcm.h \
-  xmemcoll.c xmemcoll.h \
   xmemxfrm.c xmemxfrm.h
 
 libcoreutils_a_LIBADD += $(LIBOBJS)

lib/fchdir-stub.c

@@ -1,14 +0,0 @@
-#include <config.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-
-/* A trivial substitute for `fchdir'.
-
-   DJGPP 2.03 and earlier don't have `fchdir'. */
-
-int
-fchdir (int fd)
-{
-  errno = ENOSYS;
-  return -1;
-}

lib/lstat-stub.c

@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-#include <config.h>
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-
-/* A trivial substitute for `lstat'.
-
-   DJGPP 2.03 and earlier don't have `lstat' and don't support
-   symlinks. */
-
-int
-lstat (const char *fname, struct stat *st_buf)
-{
-  return stat (fname, st_buf);
-}

lib/printf-parse.c

@@ -1,5 +1,8 @@
 /* Formatted output to strings.
-   Copyright (C) 1999-2000, 2002-2004, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is intended to provide exactly the same functionality
+   as the version in gnulib, but without the need for the xsize module.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1999-2000, 2002-2003, 2006-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -27,21 +30,12 @@
 /* Get size_t, NULL.  */
 #include <stddef.h>
 
-/* Get intmax_t.  */
-#if HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX
-# include <stdint.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_INTTYPES_H_WITH_UINTMAX
-# include <inttypes.h>
-#endif
+/* Get intmax_t, SIZE_MAX.  */
+#include <stdint.h>
 
 /* malloc(), realloc(), free().  */
 #include <stdlib.h>
 
-#ifndef SIZE_MAX
-# define SIZE_MAX ((size_t) -1)
-#endif
-
 #if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
 # define PRINTF_PARSE wprintf_parse
 # define CHAR_T wchar_t
@@ -329,7 +323,7 @@ PRINTF_PARSE (const CHAR_T *format, DIRECTIVES *d, arguments *a)
 		      flags += 8;
 		      cp++;
 		    }
-#ifdef HAVE_INTMAX_T
+#if HAVE_INTMAX_T
 		  else if (*cp == 'j')
 		    {
 		      if (sizeof (intmax_t) > sizeof (long))
@@ -385,11 +379,14 @@ PRINTF_PARSE (const CHAR_T *format, DIRECTIVES *d, arguments *a)
 	      switch (c)
 		{
 		case 'd': case 'i':
-#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG
+#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
+		  /* If 'long long' exists and is larger than 'long':  */
 		  if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4))
 		    type = TYPE_LONGLONGINT;
 		  else
 #endif
+		  /* If 'long long' exists and is the same as 'long', we parse
+		     "lld" into TYPE_LONGINT.  */
 		  if (flags >= 8)
 		    type = TYPE_LONGINT;
 		  else if (flags & 2)
@@ -400,11 +397,14 @@ PRINTF_PARSE (const CHAR_T *format, DIRECTIVES *d, arguments *a)
 		    type = TYPE_INT;
 		  break;
 		case 'o': case 'u': case 'x': case 'X':
-#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG
+#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
+		  /* If 'long long' exists and is larger than 'long':  */
 		  if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4))
 		    type = TYPE_ULONGLONGINT;
 		  else
 #endif
+		  /* If 'unsigned long long' exists and is the same as
+		     'unsigned long', we parse "llu" into TYPE_ULONGINT.  */
 		  if (flags >= 8)
 		    type = TYPE_ULONGINT;
 		  else if (flags & 2)
@@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ PRINTF_PARSE (const CHAR_T *format, DIRECTIVES *d, arguments *a)
 		  break;
 		case 'f': case 'F': case 'e': case 'E': case 'g': case 'G':
 		case 'a': case 'A':
-#ifdef HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
+#if HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
 		  if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4))
 		    type = TYPE_LONGDOUBLE;
 		  else
@@ -425,7 +425,7 @@ PRINTF_PARSE (const CHAR_T *format, DIRECTIVES *d, arguments *a)
 		  break;
 		case 'c':
 		  if (flags >= 8)
-#ifdef HAVE_WINT_T
+#if HAVE_WINT_T
 		    type = TYPE_WIDE_CHAR;
 #else
 		    goto error;
@@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ PRINTF_PARSE (const CHAR_T *format, DIRECTIVES *d, arguments *a)
 		  else
 		    type = TYPE_CHAR;
 		  break;
-#ifdef HAVE_WINT_T
+#if HAVE_WINT_T
 		case 'C':
 		  type = TYPE_WIDE_CHAR;
 		  c = 'c';
@@ -441,7 +441,7 @@ PRINTF_PARSE (const CHAR_T *format, DIRECTIVES *d, arguments *a)
 #endif
 		case 's':
 		  if (flags >= 8)
-#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T
+#if HAVE_WCHAR_T
 		    type = TYPE_WIDE_STRING;
 #else
 		    goto error;
@@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ PRINTF_PARSE (const CHAR_T *format, DIRECTIVES *d, arguments *a)
 		  else
 		    type = TYPE_STRING;
 		  break;
-#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T
+#if HAVE_WCHAR_T
 		case 'S':
 		  type = TYPE_WIDE_STRING;
 		  c = 's';
@@ -459,11 +459,14 @@ PRINTF_PARSE (const CHAR_T *format, DIRECTIVES *d, arguments *a)
 		  type = TYPE_POINTER;
 		  break;
 		case 'n':
-#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG
+#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
+		  /* If 'long long' exists and is larger than 'long':  */
 		  if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4))
 		    type = TYPE_COUNT_LONGLONGINT_POINTER;
 		  else
 #endif
+		  /* If 'long long' exists and is the same as 'long', we parse
+		     "lln" into TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER.  */
 		  if (flags >= 8)
 		    type = TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER;
 		  else if (flags & 2)

lib/randperm.c

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* Generate random permutations.
 
-   Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -58,9 +58,9 @@ randperm_bound (size_t h, size_t n)
   return bound;
 }
 
-/* From R, allocate and return the first H elements of a random
-   permutation of N elements.  H must not exceed N.  Return NULL if H
-   is zero.  */
+/* From R, allocate and return a malloc'd array of the first H elements
+   of a random permutation of N elements.  H must not exceed N.
+   Return NULL if H is zero.  */
 
 size_t *
 randperm_new (struct randint_source *r, size_t h, size_t n)

lib/randread.c

@@ -44,8 +44,10 @@
 # define MIN(a, b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))
 #endif
 
-#if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 8) || __STRICT_ANSI__
-# define __attribute__(x)
+#ifndef __attribute__
+# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 8) || __STRICT_ANSI__
+#  define __attribute__(x)
+# endif
 #endif
 
 #ifndef ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED

lib/readlink-stub.c

@@ -1,15 +0,0 @@
-#include <config.h>
-#include <stddef.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-
-/* A trivial substitute for `readlink'.
-
-   DJGPP 2.03 and earlier don't have `readlink' and don't support
-   symlinks. */
-
-int
-readlink (const char *file, char *buffer, size_t size)
-{
-  errno = EINVAL;
-  return -1;
-}

lib/tsearch.c

@@ -1,698 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 2000, 2005, 2006 Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
-   Contributed by Bernd Schmidt <crux@Pool.Informatik.RWTH-Aachen.DE>, 1997.
-
-   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
-   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
-   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
-   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, write to the Free
-   Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-   02110-1301 USA.  */
-
-/* Tree search for red/black trees.
-   The algorithm for adding nodes is taken from one of the many "Algorithms"
-   books by Robert Sedgewick, although the implementation differs.
-   The algorithm for deleting nodes can probably be found in a book named
-   "Introduction to Algorithms" by Cormen/Leiserson/Rivest.  At least that's
-   the book that my professor took most algorithms from during the "Data
-   Structures" course...
-
-   Totally public domain.  */
-
-/* Red/black trees are binary trees in which the edges are colored either red
-   or black.  They have the following properties:
-   1. The number of black edges on every path from the root to a leaf is
-      constant.
-   2. No two red edges are adjacent.
-   Therefore there is an upper bound on the length of every path, it's
-   O(log n) where n is the number of nodes in the tree.  No path can be longer
-   than 1+2*P where P is the length of the shortest path in the tree.
-   Useful for the implementation:
-   3. If one of the children of a node is NULL, then the other one is red
-      (if it exists).
-
-   In the implementation, not the edges are colored, but the nodes.  The color
-   interpreted as the color of the edge leading to this node.  The color is
-   meaningless for the root node, but we color the root node black for
-   convenience.  All added nodes are red initially.
-
-   Adding to a red/black tree is rather easy.  The right place is searched
-   with a usual binary tree search.  Additionally, whenever a node N is
-   reached that has two red successors, the successors are colored black and
-   the node itself colored red.  This moves red edges up the tree where they
-   pose less of a problem once we get to really insert the new node.  Changing
-   N's color to red may violate rule 2, however, so rotations may become
-   necessary to restore the invariants.  Adding a new red leaf may violate
-   the same rule, so afterwards an additional check is run and the tree
-   possibly rotated.
-
-   Deleting is hairy.  There are mainly two nodes involved: the node to be
-   deleted (n1), and another node that is to be unchained from the tree (n2).
-   If n1 has a successor (the node with a smallest key that is larger than
-   n1), then the successor becomes n2 and its contents are copied into n1,
-   otherwise n1 becomes n2.
-   Unchaining a node may violate rule 1: if n2 is black, one subtree is
-   missing one black edge afterwards.  The algorithm must try to move this
-   error upwards towards the root, so that the subtree that does not have
-   enough black edges becomes the whole tree.  Once that happens, the error
-   has disappeared.  It may not be necessary to go all the way up, since it
-   is possible that rotations and recoloring can fix the error before that.
-
-   Although the deletion algorithm must walk upwards through the tree, we
-   do not store parent pointers in the nodes.  Instead, delete allocates a
-   small array of parent pointers and fills it while descending the tree.
-   Since we know that the length of a path is O(log n), where n is the number
-   of nodes, this is likely to use less memory.  */
-
-/* Tree rotations look like this:
-      A                C
-     / \              / \
-    B   C            A   G
-   / \ / \  -->     / \
-   D E F G         B   F
-                  / \
-                 D   E
-
-   In this case, A has been rotated left.  This preserves the ordering of the
-   binary tree.  */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#if __GNUC__
-# define alloca __builtin_alloca
-#else
-# if HAVE_ALLOCA_H
-#  include <alloca.h>
-# else
-#  ifdef _AIX
- #  pragma alloca
-#  else
-char *alloca ();
-#  endif
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <search.h>
-
-#ifndef weak_alias
-# define __tsearch tsearch
-# define __tfind tfind
-# define __tdelete tdelete
-# define __twalk twalk
-# define __tdestroy tdestroy
-#endif
-
-#ifndef _LIBC
-# define weak_alias(f,g)
-# define internal_function
-#endif
-
-typedef struct node_t
-{
-  /* Callers expect this to be the first element in the structure - do not
-     move!  */
-  const void *key;
-  struct node_t *left;
-  struct node_t *right;
-  unsigned int red:1;
-} *node;
-typedef const struct node_t *const_node;
-
-#undef DEBUGGING
-
-#ifdef DEBUGGING
-
-/* Routines to check tree invariants.  */
-
-# include <assert.h>
-
-# define CHECK_TREE(a) check_tree(a)
-
-static void
-check_tree_recurse (node p, int d_sofar, int d_total)
-{
-  if (p == NULL)
-    {
-      assert (d_sofar == d_total);
-      return;
-    }
-
-  check_tree_recurse (p->left, d_sofar + (p->left && !p->left->red), d_total);
-  check_tree_recurse (p->right, d_sofar + (p->right && !p->right->red), d_total);
-  if (p->left)
-    assert (!(p->left->red && p->red));
-  if (p->right)
-    assert (!(p->right->red && p->red));
-}
-
-static void
-check_tree (node root)
-{
-  int cnt = 0;
-  node p;
-  if (root == NULL)
-    return;
-  root->red = 0;
-  for(p = root->left; p; p = p->left)
-    cnt += !p->red;
-  check_tree_recurse (root, 0, cnt);
-}
-
-
-#else
-
-# define CHECK_TREE(a)
-
-#endif
-
-/* Possibly "split" a node with two red successors, and/or fix up two red
-   edges in a row.  ROOTP is a pointer to the lowest node we visited, PARENTP
-   and GPARENTP pointers to its parent/grandparent.  P_R and GP_R contain the
-   comparison values that determined which way was taken in the tree to reach
-   ROOTP.  MODE is 1 if we need not do the split, but must check for two red
-   edges between GPARENTP and ROOTP.  */
-static void
-maybe_split_for_insert (node *rootp, node *parentp, node *gparentp,
-			int p_r, int gp_r, int mode)
-{
-  node root = *rootp;
-  node *rp, *lp;
-  rp = &(*rootp)->right;
-  lp = &(*rootp)->left;
-
-  /* See if we have to split this node (both successors red).  */
-  if (mode == 1
-      || ((*rp) != NULL && (*lp) != NULL && (*rp)->red && (*lp)->red))
-    {
-      /* This node becomes red, its successors black.  */
-      root->red = 1;
-      if (*rp)
-	(*rp)->red = 0;
-      if (*lp)
-	(*lp)->red = 0;
-
-      /* If the parent of this node is also red, we have to do
-	 rotations.  */
-      if (parentp != NULL && (*parentp)->red)
-	{
-	  node gp = *gparentp;
-	  node p = *parentp;
-	  /* There are two main cases:
-	     1. The edge types (left or right) of the two red edges differ.
-	     2. Both red edges are of the same type.
-	     There exist two symmetries of each case, so there is a total of
-	     4 cases.  */
-	  if ((p_r > 0) != (gp_r > 0))
-	    {
-	      /* Put the child at the top of the tree, with its parent
-		 and grandparent as successors.  */
-	      p->red = 1;
-	      gp->red = 1;
-	      root->red = 0;
-	      if (p_r < 0)
-		{
-		  /* Child is left of parent.  */
-		  p->left = *rp;
-		  *rp = p;
-		  gp->right = *lp;
-		  *lp = gp;
-		}
-	      else
-		{
-		  /* Child is right of parent.  */
-		  p->right = *lp;
-		  *lp = p;
-		  gp->left = *rp;
-		  *rp = gp;
-		}
-	      *gparentp = root;
-	    }
-	  else
-	    {
-	      *gparentp = *parentp;
-	      /* Parent becomes the top of the tree, grandparent and
-		 child are its successors.  */
-	      p->red = 0;
-	      gp->red = 1;
-	      if (p_r < 0)
-		{
-		  /* Left edges.  */
-		  gp->left = p->right;
-		  p->right = gp;
-		}
-	      else
-		{
-		  /* Right edges.  */
-		  gp->right = p->left;
-		  p->left = gp;
-		}
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-/* Find or insert datum into search tree.
-   KEY is the key to be located, ROOTP is the address of tree root,
-   COMPAR the ordering function.  */
-void *
-__tsearch (const void *key, void **vrootp, __compar_fn_t compar)
-{
-  node q;
-  node *parentp = NULL, *gparentp = NULL;
-  node *rootp = (node *) vrootp;
-  node *nextp;
-  int r = 0, p_r = 0, gp_r = 0; /* No they might not, Mr Compiler.  */
-
-  if (rootp == NULL)
-    return NULL;
-
-  /* This saves some additional tests below.  */
-  if (*rootp != NULL)
-    (*rootp)->red = 0;
-
-  CHECK_TREE (*rootp);
-
-  nextp = rootp;
-  while (*nextp != NULL)
-    {
-      node root = *rootp;
-      r = (*compar) (key, root->key);
-      if (r == 0)
-	return root;
-
-      maybe_split_for_insert (rootp, parentp, gparentp, p_r, gp_r, 0);
-      /* If that did any rotations, parentp and gparentp are now garbage.
-	 That doesn't matter, because the values they contain are never
-	 used again in that case.  */
-
-      nextp = r < 0 ? &root->left : &root->right;
-      if (*nextp == NULL)
-	break;
-
-      gparentp = parentp;
-      parentp = rootp;
-      rootp = nextp;
-
-      gp_r = p_r;
-      p_r = r;
-    }
-
-  q = (struct node_t *) malloc (sizeof (struct node_t));
-  if (q != NULL)
-    {
-      *nextp = q;			/* link new node to old */
-      q->key = key;			/* initialize new node */
-      q->red = 1;
-      q->left = q->right = NULL;
-    }
-  if (nextp != rootp)
-    /* There may be two red edges in a row now, which we must avoid by
-       rotating the tree.  */
-    maybe_split_for_insert (nextp, rootp, parentp, r, p_r, 1);
-
-  return q;
-}
-#ifdef weak_alias
-weak_alias (__tsearch, tsearch)
-#endif
-
-
-/* Find datum in search tree.
-   KEY is the key to be located, ROOTP is the address of tree root,
-   COMPAR the ordering function.  */
-void *
-__tfind (key, vrootp, compar)
-     const void *key;
-     void *const *vrootp;
-     __compar_fn_t compar;
-{
-  node *rootp = (node *) vrootp;
-
-  if (rootp == NULL)
-    return NULL;
-
-  CHECK_TREE (*rootp);
-
-  while (*rootp != NULL)
-    {
-      node root = *rootp;
-      int r;
-
-      r = (*compar) (key, root->key);
-      if (r == 0)
-	return root;
-
-      rootp = r < 0 ? &root->left : &root->right;
-    }
-  return NULL;
-}
-#ifdef weak_alias
-weak_alias (__tfind, tfind)
-#endif
-
-
-/* Delete node with given key.
-   KEY is the key to be deleted, ROOTP is the address of the root of tree,
-   COMPAR the comparison function.  */
-void *
-__tdelete (const void *key, void **vrootp, __compar_fn_t compar)
-{
-  node p, q, r, retval;
-  int cmp;
-  node *rootp = (node *) vrootp;
-  node root, unchained;
-  /* Stack of nodes so we remember the parents without recursion.  It's
-     _very_ unlikely that there are paths longer than 40 nodes.  The tree
-     would need to have around 250.000 nodes.  */
-  int stacksize = 40;
-  int sp = 0;
-  node **nodestack = (node **) alloca (sizeof (node *) * stacksize);
-
-  if (rootp == NULL)
-    return NULL;
-  p = *rootp;
-  if (p == NULL)
-    return NULL;
-
-  CHECK_TREE (p);
-
-  while ((cmp = (*compar) (key, (*rootp)->key)) != 0)
-    {
-      if (sp == stacksize)
-	{
-	  node **newstack;
-	  stacksize += 20;
-	  newstack = (node **) alloca (sizeof (node *) * stacksize);
-	  nodestack = memcpy (newstack, nodestack, sp * sizeof (node *));
-	}
-
-      nodestack[sp++] = rootp;
-      p = *rootp;
-      rootp = ((cmp < 0)
-	       ? &(*rootp)->left
-	       : &(*rootp)->right);
-      if (*rootp == NULL)
-	return NULL;
-    }
-
-  /* This is bogus if the node to be deleted is the root... this routine
-     really should return an integer with 0 for success, -1 for failure
-     and errno = ESRCH or something.  */
-  retval = p;
-
-  /* We don't unchain the node we want to delete. Instead, we overwrite
-     it with its successor and unchain the successor.  If there is no
-     successor, we really unchain the node to be deleted.  */
-
-  root = *rootp;
-
-  r = root->right;
-  q = root->left;
-
-  if (q == NULL || r == NULL)
-    unchained = root;
-  else
-    {
-      node *parent = rootp, *up = &root->right;
-      for (;;)
-	{
-	  if (sp == stacksize)
-	    {
-	      node **newstack;
-	      stacksize += 20;
-	      newstack = (node **) alloca (sizeof (node *) * stacksize);
-	      nodestack = memcpy (newstack, nodestack, sp * sizeof (node *));
-	    }
-	  nodestack[sp++] = parent;
-	  parent = up;
-	  if ((*up)->left == NULL)
-	    break;
-	  up = &(*up)->left;
-	}
-      unchained = *up;
-    }
-
-  /* We know that either the left or right successor of UNCHAINED is NULL.
-     R becomes the other one, it is chained into the parent of UNCHAINED.  */
-  r = unchained->left;
-  if (r == NULL)
-    r = unchained->right;
-  if (sp == 0)
-    *rootp = r;
-  else
-    {
-      q = *nodestack[sp-1];
-      if (unchained == q->right)
-	q->right = r;
-      else
-	q->left = r;
-    }
-
-  if (unchained != root)
-    root->key = unchained->key;
-  if (!unchained->red)
-    {
-      /* Now we lost a black edge, which means that the number of black
-	 edges on every path is no longer constant.  We must balance the
-	 tree.  */
-      /* NODESTACK now contains all parents of R.  R is likely to be NULL
-	 in the first iteration.  */
-      /* NULL nodes are considered black throughout - this is necessary for
-	 correctness.  */
-      while (sp > 0 && (r == NULL || !r->red))
-	{
-	  node *pp = nodestack[sp - 1];
-	  p = *pp;
-	  /* Two symmetric cases.  */
-	  if (r == p->left)
-	    {
-	      /* Q is R's brother, P is R's parent.  The subtree with root
-		 R has one black edge less than the subtree with root Q.  */
-	      q = p->right;
-	      if (q != NULL && q->red)
-		{
-		  /* If Q is red, we know that P is black. We rotate P left
-		     so that Q becomes the top node in the tree, with P below
-		     it.  P is colored red, Q is colored black.
-		     This action does not change the black edge count for any
-		     leaf in the tree, but we will be able to recognize one
-		     of the following situations, which all require that Q
-		     is black.  */
-		  q->red = 0;
-		  p->red = 1;
-		  /* Left rotate p.  */
-		  p->right = q->left;
-		  q->left = p;
-		  *pp = q;
-		  /* Make sure pp is right if the case below tries to use
-		     it.  */
-		  nodestack[sp++] = pp = &q->left;
-		  q = p->right;
-		}
-	      /* We know that Q can't be NULL here.  We also know that Q is
-		 black.  */
-	      if ((q->left == NULL || !q->left->red)
-		  && (q->right == NULL || !q->right->red))
-		{
-		  /* Q has two black successors.  We can simply color Q red.
-		     The whole subtree with root P is now missing one black
-		     edge.  Note that this action can temporarily make the
-		     tree invalid (if P is red).  But we will exit the loop
-		     in that case and set P black, which both makes the tree
-		     valid and also makes the black edge count come out
-		     right.  If P is black, we are at least one step closer
-		     to the root and we'll try again the next iteration.  */
-		  q->red = 1;
-		  r = p;
-		}
-	      else
-		{
-		  /* Q is black, one of Q's successors is red.  We can
-		     repair the tree with one operation and will exit the
-		     loop afterwards.  */
-		  if (q->right == NULL || !q->right->red)
-		    {
-		      /* The left one is red.  We perform the same action as
-			 in maybe_split_for_insert where two red edges are
-			 adjacent but point in different directions:
-			 Q's left successor (let's call it Q2) becomes the
-			 top of the subtree we are looking at, its parent (Q)
-			 and grandparent (P) become its successors. The former
-			 successors of Q2 are placed below P and Q.
-			 P becomes black, and Q2 gets the color that P had.
-			 This changes the black edge count only for node R and
-			 its successors.  */
-		      node q2 = q->left;
-		      q2->red = p->red;
-		      p->right = q2->left;
-		      q->left = q2->right;
-		      q2->right = q;
-		      q2->left = p;
-		      *pp = q2;
-		      p->red = 0;
-		    }
-		  else
-		    {
-		      /* It's the right one.  Rotate P left. P becomes black,
-			 and Q gets the color that P had.  Q's right successor
-			 also becomes black.  This changes the black edge
-			 count only for node R and its successors.  */
-		      q->red = p->red;
-		      p->red = 0;
-
-		      q->right->red = 0;
-
-		      /* left rotate p */
-		      p->right = q->left;
-		      q->left = p;
-		      *pp = q;
-		    }
-
-		  /* We're done.  */
-		  sp = 1;
-		  r = NULL;
-		}
-	    }
-	  else
-	    {
-	      /* Comments: see above.  */
-	      q = p->left;
-	      if (q != NULL && q->red)
-		{
-		  q->red = 0;
-		  p->red = 1;
-		  p->left = q->right;
-		  q->right = p;
-		  *pp = q;
-		  nodestack[sp++] = pp = &q->right;
-		  q = p->left;
-		}
-	      if ((q->right == NULL || !q->right->red)
-		       && (q->left == NULL || !q->left->red))
-		{
-		  q->red = 1;
-		  r = p;
-		}
-	      else
-		{
-		  if (q->left == NULL || !q->left->red)
-		    {
-		      node q2 = q->right;
-		      q2->red = p->red;
-		      p->left = q2->right;
-		      q->right = q2->left;
-		      q2->left = q;
-		      q2->right = p;
-		      *pp = q2;
-		      p->red = 0;
-		    }
-		  else
-		    {
-		      q->red = p->red;
-		      p->red = 0;
-		      q->left->red = 0;
-		      p->left = q->right;
-		      q->right = p;
-		      *pp = q;
-		    }
-		  sp = 1;
-		  r = NULL;
-		}
-	    }
-	  --sp;
-	}
-      if (r != NULL)
-	r->red = 0;
-    }
-
-  free (unchained);
-  return retval;
-}
-#ifdef weak_alias
-weak_alias (__tdelete, tdelete)
-#endif
-
-
-/* Walk the nodes of a tree.
-   ROOT is the root of the tree to be walked, ACTION the function to be
-   called at each node.  LEVEL is the level of ROOT in the whole tree.  */
-static void
-internal_function
-trecurse (const void *vroot, __action_fn_t action, int level)
-{
-  const_node root = (const_node) vroot;
-
-  if (root->left == NULL && root->right == NULL)
-    (*action) (root, leaf, level);
-  else
-    {
-      (*action) (root, preorder, level);
-      if (root->left != NULL)
-	trecurse (root->left, action, level + 1);
-      (*action) (root, postorder, level);
-      if (root->right != NULL)
-	trecurse (root->right, action, level + 1);
-      (*action) (root, endorder, level);
-    }
-}
-
-
-/* Walk the nodes of a tree.
-   ROOT is the root of the tree to be walked, ACTION the function to be
-   called at each node.  */
-void
-__twalk (const void *vroot, __action_fn_t action)
-{
-  const_node root = (const_node) vroot;
-
-  CHECK_TREE (root);
-
-  if (root != NULL && action != NULL)
-    trecurse (root, action, 0);
-}
-#ifdef weak_alias
-weak_alias (__twalk, twalk)
-#endif
-
-
-
-/* The standardized functions miss an important functionality: the
-   tree cannot be removed easily.  We provide a function to do this.  */
-static void
-internal_function
-tdestroy_recurse (node root, void (*freefct)(void *))
-{
-  if (root->left != NULL)
-    tdestroy_recurse (root->left, freefct);
-  if (root->right != NULL)
-    tdestroy_recurse (root->right, freefct);
-  (*freefct) ((void *) root->key);
-  /* Free the node itself.  */
-  free (root);
-}
-
-void
-__tdestroy (void *vroot, void (*freefct)(void *))
-{
-  node root = (node) vroot;
-
-  CHECK_TREE (root);
-
-  if (root != NULL)
-    tdestroy_recurse (root, freefct);
-}
-#ifdef weak_alias
-weak_alias (__tdestroy, tdestroy)
-#endif

lib/vasnprintf.c

@@ -1,5 +1,8 @@
 /* vsprintf with automatic memory allocation.
-   Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is intended to provide exactly the same functionality
+   as the version in gnulib, but without the need for the xsize module.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -23,7 +26,6 @@
 #endif
 
 #include <config.h>
-
 #ifndef IN_LIBINTL
 # include <alloca.h>
 #endif
@@ -37,6 +39,7 @@
 
 #include <stdio.h>	/* snprintf(), sprintf() */
 #include <stdlib.h>	/* abort(), malloc(), realloc(), free() */
+#include <stdint.h>	/* SIZE_MAX */
 #include <string.h>	/* memcpy(), strlen() */
 #include <errno.h>	/* errno */
 #include <limits.h>	/* CHAR_BIT, INT_MAX */
@@ -47,17 +50,8 @@
 # include "printf-parse.h"
 #endif
 
-#ifndef SIZE_MAX
-# define SIZE_MAX ((size_t) -1)
-#endif
-
-/* Some systems, like OSF/1 4.0 and Woe32, don't have EOVERFLOW.  */
-#ifndef EOVERFLOW
-# define EOVERFLOW E2BIG
-#endif
-
-#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T
-# ifdef HAVE_WCSLEN
+#if HAVE_WCHAR_T
+# if HAVE_WCSLEN
 #  define local_wcslen wcslen
 # else
    /* Solaris 2.5.1 has wcslen() in a separate library libw.so. To avoid
@@ -152,7 +146,7 @@ VASNPRINTF (CHAR_T *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const CHAR_T *format, va_list ar
 #if HAVE_ALLOCA
     if (buf_neededlength < 4000 / sizeof (CHAR_T))
       {
-	buf = (CHAR_T *) alloca (buf_neededlength * sizeof (CHAR_T));
+	buf = alloca (buf_neededlength * sizeof (CHAR_T));
 	buf_malloced = NULL;
       }
     else
@@ -254,7 +248,7 @@ VASNPRINTF (CHAR_T *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const CHAR_T *format, va_list ar
 		  case TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER:
 		    *a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_count_longint_pointer = length;
 		    break;
-#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG
+#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
 		  case TYPE_COUNT_LONGLONGINT_POINTER:
 		    *a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_count_longlongint_pointer = length;
 		    break;
@@ -338,7 +332,7 @@ VASNPRINTF (CHAR_T *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const CHAR_T *format, va_list ar
 		    {
 
 		    case 'd': case 'i': case 'u':
-# ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG
+# if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
 		      if (type == TYPE_LONGLONGINT || type == TYPE_ULONGLONGINT)
 			tmp_length =
 			  (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned long long) * CHAR_BIT
@@ -369,7 +363,7 @@ VASNPRINTF (CHAR_T *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const CHAR_T *format, va_list ar
 		      break;
 
 		    case 'o':
-# ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG
+# if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
 		      if (type == TYPE_LONGLONGINT || type == TYPE_ULONGLONGINT)
 			tmp_length =
 			  (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned long long) * CHAR_BIT
@@ -397,7 +391,7 @@ VASNPRINTF (CHAR_T *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const CHAR_T *format, va_list ar
 		      break;
 
 		    case 'x': case 'X':
-# ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG
+# if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
 		      if (type == TYPE_LONGLONGINT || type == TYPE_ULONGLONGINT)
 			tmp_length =
 			  (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned long long) * CHAR_BIT
@@ -421,12 +415,13 @@ VASNPRINTF (CHAR_T *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const CHAR_T *format, va_list ar
 		      if (tmp_length < precision)
 			tmp_length = precision;
 		      /* Add 2, to account for a leading sign or alternate form.  */
-		      if (tmp_length <= SIZE_MAX / 2)
-			tmp_length *= 2;
+		      tmp_length += 2;
+		      if (tmp_length < 2)
+			goto out_of_memory;
 		      break;
 
 		    case 'f': case 'F':
-# ifdef HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
+# if HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
 		      if (type == TYPE_LONGDOUBLE)
 			tmp_length =
 			  (unsigned int) (LDBL_MAX_EXP
@@ -450,7 +445,6 @@ VASNPRINTF (CHAR_T *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const CHAR_T *format, va_list ar
 		      break;
 
 		    case 'e': case 'E': case 'g': case 'G':
-		    case 'a': case 'A':
 		      tmp_length =
 			12; /* sign, decimal point, exponent etc. */
 		      tmp_length += precision;
@@ -458,8 +452,31 @@ VASNPRINTF (CHAR_T *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const CHAR_T *format, va_list ar
 			goto out_of_memory;
 		      break;
 
+		    case 'a': case 'A':
+# if HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
+		      if (type == TYPE_LONGDOUBLE)
+			tmp_length =
+			  (unsigned int) (LDBL_DIG
+					  * 0.831 /* decimal -> hexadecimal */
+					 )
+			  + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */
+		      else
+# endif
+			tmp_length =
+			  (unsigned int) (DBL_DIG
+					  * 0.831 /* decimal -> hexadecimal */
+					 )
+			  + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */
+		      if (tmp_length < precision)
+			tmp_length = precision;
+		      /* Account for sign, decimal point etc. */
+		      tmp_length += 12;
+		      if (tmp_length < 12)
+			goto out_of_memory;
+		      break;
+
 		    case 'c':
-# if defined HAVE_WINT_T && !WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+# if HAVE_WINT_T && !WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
 		      if (type == TYPE_WIDE_CHAR)
 			tmp_length = MB_CUR_MAX;
 		      else
@@ -468,7 +485,7 @@ VASNPRINTF (CHAR_T *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const CHAR_T *format, va_list ar
 		      break;
 
 		    case 's':
-# ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T
+# if HAVE_WCHAR_T
 		      if (type == TYPE_WIDE_STRING)
 			{
 			  tmp_length =
@@ -551,7 +568,7 @@ VASNPRINTF (CHAR_T *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const CHAR_T *format, va_list ar
 
 		switch (type)
 		  {
-#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG
+#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
 		  case TYPE_LONGLONGINT:
 		  case TYPE_ULONGLONGINT:
 		    *p++ = 'l';
@@ -559,15 +576,15 @@ VASNPRINTF (CHAR_T *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const CHAR_T *format, va_list ar
 #endif
 		  case TYPE_LONGINT:
 		  case TYPE_ULONGINT:
-#ifdef HAVE_WINT_T
+#if HAVE_WINT_T
 		  case TYPE_WIDE_CHAR:
 #endif
-#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T
+#if HAVE_WCHAR_T
 		  case TYPE_WIDE_STRING:
 #endif
 		    *p++ = 'l';
 		    break;
-#ifdef HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
+#if HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
 		  case TYPE_LONGDOUBLE:
 		    *p++ = 'L';
 		    break;
@@ -705,7 +722,7 @@ VASNPRINTF (CHAR_T *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const CHAR_T *format, va_list ar
 			  SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
 			}
 			break;
-#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG
+#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
 		      case TYPE_LONGLONGINT:
 			{
 			  long long int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_longlongint;
@@ -725,7 +742,7 @@ VASNPRINTF (CHAR_T *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const CHAR_T *format, va_list ar
 			  SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
 			}
 			break;
-#ifdef HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
+#if HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
 		      case TYPE_LONGDOUBLE:
 			{
 			  long double arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_longdouble;
@@ -739,7 +756,7 @@ VASNPRINTF (CHAR_T *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const CHAR_T *format, va_list ar
 			  SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
 			}
 			break;
-#ifdef HAVE_WINT_T
+#if HAVE_WINT_T
 		      case TYPE_WIDE_CHAR:
 			{
 			  wint_t arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_wide_char;
@@ -753,7 +770,7 @@ VASNPRINTF (CHAR_T *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const CHAR_T *format, va_list ar
 			  SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
 			}
 			break;
-#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T
+#if HAVE_WCHAR_T
 		      case TYPE_WIDE_STRING:
 			{
 			  const wchar_t *arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_wide_string;

lib/xfts.c

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* xfts.c -- a wrapper for fts_open
 
-   Copyright (C) 2003, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 2003, 2005-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -21,8 +21,8 @@
 #include <config.h>
 
 #include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
 
-#include "exit.h"
 #include "error.h"
 
 #include "gettext.h"

m4/.cvsignore

@@ -30,6 +30,7 @@ dirname.m4
 dos.m4
 double-slash-root.m4
 dup2.m4
+eaccess.m4
 eealloc.m4
 eoverflow.m4
 error.m4
@@ -37,12 +38,15 @@ euidaccess.m4
 exclude.m4
 exitfail.m4
 extensions.m4
+fchdir.m4
 fcntl-safer.m4
 fcntl_h.m4
 file-type.m4
 fileblocks.m4
 filemode.m4
 filenamecat.m4
+findprog.m4
+flexmember.m4
 fnmatch.m4
 fpending.m4
 fprintftime.m4
@@ -74,6 +78,7 @@ getusershell.m4
 glibc2.m4
 glibc21.m4
 gnulib-cache.m4
+gnulib-common.m4
 gnulib-comp.m4
 gnulib-tool.m4
 group-member.m4
@@ -81,11 +86,15 @@ hard-locale.m4
 hash.m4
 host-os.m4
 human.m4
+i-ring.m4
 iconv.m4
 idcache.m4
 include_next.m4
 inet_ntop.m4
+inline.m4
 intdiv0.m4
+intl.m4
+intldir.m4
 intmax.m4
 intmax_t.m4
 inttostr.m4
@@ -114,6 +123,7 @@ lstat.m4
 mbchar.m4
 mbiter.m4
 mbrtowc.m4
+mbscasecmp.m4
 mbstate_t.m4
 mbswidth.m4
 md5.m4
@@ -133,6 +143,7 @@ mkstemp.m4
 mktime.m4
 modechange.m4
 mountlist.m4
+mpsort.m4
 nanosleep.m4
 netinet_in_h.m4
 nls.m4
@@ -156,6 +167,7 @@ rename-dest-slash.m4
 rename.m4
 rmdir-errno.m4
 rmdir.m4
+root-dev-ino.m4
 rpmatch.m4
 safe-read.m4
 safe-write.m4
@@ -181,12 +193,15 @@ stdbool.m4
 stdint.m4
 stdint_h.m4
 stdio-safer.m4
+stdio_h.m4
 stdlib-safer.m4
+stdlib_h.m4
 stpcpy.m4
 strcase.m4
 strcspn.m4
 strdup.m4
 strftime.m4
+string_h.m4
 strndup.m4
 strnlen.m4
 strpbrk.m4
@@ -200,6 +215,9 @@ strtoumax.m4
 strverscmp.m4
 sys_socket_h.m4
 sys_stat_h.m4
+sys_time_h.m4
+tempname.m4
+time_h.m4
 time_r.m4
 timespec.m4
 tm_gmtoff.m4
@@ -223,7 +241,9 @@ utimes.m4
 vasnprintf.m4
 vasprintf.m4
 visibility.m4
+wchar.m4
 wchar_t.m4
+wctype.m4
 wcwidth.m4
 wint_t.m4
 xalloc.m4

m4/.gitignore

@@ -29,6 +29,7 @@ dirname.m4
 dos.m4
 double-slash-root.m4
 dup2.m4
+eaccess.m4
 eealloc.m4
 eoverflow.m4
 error.m4
@@ -36,12 +37,15 @@ euidaccess.m4
 exclude.m4
 exitfail.m4
 extensions.m4
+fchdir.m4
 fcntl-safer.m4
 fcntl_h.m4
 file-type.m4
 fileblocks.m4
 filemode.m4
 filenamecat.m4
+findprog.m4
+flexmember.m4
 fnmatch.m4
 fpending.m4
 fprintftime.m4
@@ -72,6 +76,7 @@ getugroups.m4
 getusershell.m4
 glibc21.m4
 gnulib-cache.m4
+gnulib-common.m4
 gnulib-comp.m4
 gnulib-tool.m4
 group-member.m4
@@ -79,9 +84,13 @@ hard-locale.m4
 hash.m4
 host-os.m4
 human.m4
+i-ring.m4
 iconv.m4
 idcache.m4
 inet_ntop.m4
+inline.m4
+intl.m4
+intldir.m4
 intmax.m4
 intmax_t.m4
 inttostr.m4
@@ -108,6 +117,7 @@ lstat.m4
 mbchar.m4
 mbiter.m4
 mbrtowc.m4
+mbscasecmp.m4
 mbstate_t.m4
 mbswidth.m4
 md5.m4
@@ -127,6 +137,7 @@ mkstemp.m4
 mktime.m4
 modechange.m4
 mountlist.m4
+mpsort.m4
 nanosleep.m4
 netinet_in_h.m4
 nls.m4
@@ -149,6 +160,7 @@ rename-dest-slash.m4
 rename.m4
 rmdir-errno.m4
 rmdir.m4
+root-dev-ino.m4
 rpmatch.m4
 safe-read.m4
 safe-write.m4
@@ -173,12 +185,15 @@ stdbool.m4
 stdint.m4
 stdint_h.m4
 stdio-safer.m4
+stdio_h.m4
 stdlib-safer.m4
+stdlib_h.m4
 stpcpy.m4
 strcase.m4
 strcspn.m4
 strdup.m4
 strftime.m4
+string_h.m4
 strndup.m4
 strnlen.m4
 strpbrk.m4
@@ -192,6 +207,9 @@ strtoumax.m4
 strverscmp.m4
 sys_socket_h.m4
 sys_stat_h.m4
+sys_time_h.m4
+tempname.m4
+time_h.m4
 time_r.m4
 timespec.m4
 tm_gmtoff.m4
@@ -212,7 +230,9 @@ utimes-null.m4
 utimes.m4
 vasnprintf.m4
 vasprintf.m4
+wchar.m4
 wchar_t.m4
+wctype.m4
 wcwidth.m4
 wint_t.m4
 xalloc.m4

m4/ChangeLog

@@ -1,3 +1,11 @@
+2007-01-19  Jim Meyering  <jim@meyering.net>
+
+	* .cvsignore, .gitignore: Add more bootstrap-inserted file names.
+
+2006-12-12  Jim Meyering  <jim@meyering.net>
+
+	* jm-macros.m4: Remove AC_FUNC_SETVBUF_REVERSED, now that it's a no-op.
+
 2006-10-14  Paul Eggert  <eggert@cs.ucla.edu>
 
 	* sha512.m4 (gl_SHA512): Add u64.h to AC_LIBSOURCES.

m4/jm-macros.m4

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-#serial 104   -*- autoconf -*-
+#serial 105   -*- autoconf -*-
 
 dnl Misc type-related macros for coreutils.
 
@@ -50,9 +50,6 @@ AC_DEFUN([coreutils_MACROS],
   AC_DEFINE(ARGMATCH_DIE_DECL, [extern void usage ()],
 	    [Define to the declaration of the xargmatch failure function.])
 
-  dnl Used to define SETVBUF in ../src/system.h.
-  AC_FUNC_SETVBUF_REVERSED
-
   # used by ls
   AC_REQUIRE([gl_CLOCK_TIME])
   # used by shred
@@ -62,6 +59,7 @@ AC_DEFUN([coreutils_MACROS],
     endgrent \
     endpwent \
     fchown \
+    fchmod \
     ftruncate \
     iswspace \
     mkfifo \
@@ -111,10 +109,6 @@ AC_DEFUN([coreutils_MACROS],
   if test $gl_cv_list_mounted_fs = yes && test $gl_cv_fs_space = yes; then
     DF_PROG='df$(EXEEXT)'
   fi
-
-  # If any of these functions don't exist (e.g. DJGPP 2.03),
-  # use the corresponding stub.
-  AC_CHECK_FUNC([fchdir], , [AC_LIBOBJ(fchdir-stub)])
 ])
 
 AC_DEFUN([gl_CHECK_ALL_HEADERS],

man/Makefile.am

@@ -1,7 +1,6 @@
 # Make coreutils man pages.				-*-Makefile-*-
 
-# Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,22 +18,25 @@
 # 02110-1301, USA.
 
 dist_man_MANS = \
-  base64.1 basename.1 cat.1 chgrp.1 chmod.1 chown.1 chroot.1 cksum.1 comm.1 \
+  base64.1 basename.1 cat.1 chgrp.1 chmod.1 chown.1 cksum.1 comm.1 \
   cp.1 csplit.1 cut.1 date.1 dd.1 df.1 dir.1 dircolors.1 dirname.1 du.1 \
   echo.1 env.1 expand.1 expr.1 factor.1 false.1 fmt.1 fold.1 groups.1 \
-  head.1 hostid.1 hostname.1 id.1 install.1 join.1 kill.1 \
+  head.1 hostname.1 id.1 install.1 join.1 kill.1 \
   link.1 ln.1 logname.1 \
-  ls.1 md5sum.1 mkdir.1 mkfifo.1 mknod.1 mv.1 nice.1 nl.1 nohup.1 od.1 \
-  paste.1 pathchk.1 pinky.1 pr.1 printenv.1 printf.1 ptx.1 pwd.1 readlink.1 \
+  ls.1 md5sum.1 mkdir.1 mkfifo.1 mknod.1 mv.1 nl.1 nohup.1 od.1 \
+  paste.1 pathchk.1 pr.1 printenv.1 printf.1 ptx.1 pwd.1 readlink.1 \
   rm.1 rmdir.1 seq.1 sha1sum.1 sha224sum.1 sha256sum.1 sha384sum.1 sha512sum.1 \
-  shred.1 shuf.1 sleep.1 sort.1 split.1 stat.1 stty.1 \
+  shred.1 shuf.1 sleep.1 sort.1 split.1 stat.1 \
   su.1 sum.1 sync.1 tac.1 tail.1 tee.1 test.1 touch.1 tr.1 true.1 tsort.1 \
-  tty.1 uname.1 unexpand.1 uniq.1 unlink.1 uptime.1 users.1 vdir.1 wc.1 \
-  who.1 whoami.1 yes.1
+  tty.1 unexpand.1 uniq.1 unlink.1 vdir.1 wc.1 \
+  whoami.1 yes.1 $(MAN)
+optional_mans = \
+  chroot.1 hostid.1 nice.1 pinky.1 stty.1 uname.1 uptime.1 users.1 who.1
 
-man_aux = $(dist_man_MANS:.1=.x)
 
-EXTRA_DIST = $(man_aux) help2man
+man_aux = $(dist_man_MANS:.1=.x) $(optional_mans:.1=.x)
+
+EXTRA_DIST = $(man_aux) help2man $(optional_mans)
 MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = $(dist_man_MANS)
 
 # Depend on configure.ac to get version number changes.
@@ -151,17 +153,26 @@ mapped_name = `echo $*|sed 's/install/ginstall/; s/test/[/'`
 # That is necessary to avoid failures for programs that are also shell built-in
 # functions like echo, false, printf, pwd.
 .x.1:
-	@rm -f $@
-	@echo "Updating man page $@";		\
-	rm -rf $t;				\
-	mkdir $t;				\
-	(cd $t && $(LN_S) ../../src/$(mapped_name) $*); \
-	$(PERL) -- $(srcdir)/help2man		\
-	    --include=$(srcdir)/$*.x		\
-	    --output=$t/$@ $t/$*
-	@sed 's|$*\.td/||g' $t/$@ > $@
-	@chmod a-w $@
-	@rm -rf $t
+	@case '$(PERL)' in					\
+	  *"/missing "*)					\
+	    echo 'WARNING: cannot update man page $@ since perl is missing' \
+	      'or inadequate' 1>&2 \
+	    ;;							\
+	  *)							\
+	    rm -f $@						\
+	    && { echo "Updating man page $@";			\
+	         rm -rf $t;					\
+	         mkdir $t;					\
+	         (cd $t && $(LN_S) ../../src/$(mapped_name) $*); \
+	            $(PERL) -- $(srcdir)/help2man		\
+	             --source='$(PACKAGE_STRING)'		\
+	             --include=$(srcdir)/$*.x			\
+	             --output=$t/$@ $t/$*;			\
+	       }						\
+	    && sed 's|$*\.td/||g' $t/$@ > $@			\
+	    && chmod a-w $@					\
+	    && rm -rf $t ;;					\
+	esac
 
 check-local: check-x-vs-1 check-programs-vs-x
 

src/Makefile.am

@@ -1,7 +1,6 @@
 ## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in -*-Makefile-*-
 
-## Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
-## 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+## Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1993-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 ## This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 ## it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -105,9 +104,9 @@ uptime_LDADD = $(LDADD) $(POW_LIB) $(GETLOADAVG_LIBS)
 
 su_LDADD = $(LDADD) $(LIB_CRYPT)
 
-dir_LDADD += $(LIB_ACL)
-ls_LDADD += $(LIB_ACL)
-vdir_LDADD += $(LIB_ACL)
+dir_LDADD += $(LIB_ACL_TRIVIAL) $(LIB_ACL)
+ls_LDADD += $(LIB_ACL_TRIVIAL) $(LIB_ACL)
+vdir_LDADD += $(LIB_ACL_TRIVIAL) $(LIB_ACL)
 cp_LDADD += $(LIB_ACL)
 mv_LDADD += $(LIB_ACL)
 ginstall_LDADD += $(LIB_ACL)
@@ -116,10 +115,16 @@ $(PROGRAMS): ../lib/libcoreutils.a
 
 SUFFIXES = .sh
 
+# Get the release year from ../lib/version-etc.c.
+RELEASE_YEAR = \
+  `sed -n '/.*COPYRIGHT_YEAR = \([0-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]\) };/s//\1/p' \
+    $(top_srcdir)/lib/version-etc.c`
+
 .sh:
 	rm -f $@ $@-t
 	sed \
 	  -e 's!@''bindir''@!$(bindir)!' \
+	  -e 's/@''RELEASE_YEAR'@/$(RELEASE_YEAR)/ \
 	  -e 's/@''GNU_PACKAGE''@/$(GNU_PACKAGE)/' \
 	  -e 's/@''PACKAGE_BUGREPORT''@/$(PACKAGE_BUGREPORT)/' \
 	  -e 's/@''VERSION''@/$(VERSION)/' $< > $@-t

src/base64.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Base64 encode/decode strings or files.
-   Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This file is part of Base64.
 
@@ -83,9 +83,10 @@ With no FILE, or when FILE is -, read standard input.\n"), stdout);
       fputs (_("\
 \n\
 The data are encoded as described for the base64 alphabet in RFC 3548.\n\
-Decoding require compliant input by default, use --ignore-garbage to\n\
-attempt to recover from non-alphabet characters (such as newlines) in\n\
-the encoded stream.\n"), stdout);
+When decoding, the input may contain newlines in addition to the bytes of\n\
+the formal base64 alphabet.  Use --ignore-garbage to attempt to recover\n\
+from any other non-alphabet bytes in the encoded stream.\n"),
+	     stdout);
       printf (_("\nReport bugs to <%s>.\n"), PACKAGE_BUGREPORT);
     }
 
@@ -183,11 +184,15 @@ do_decode (FILE *in, FILE *out, bool ignore_garbage)
   char inbuf[B64BLOCKSIZE];
   char outbuf[BLOCKSIZE];
   size_t sum;
+  struct base64_decode_context ctx;
+
+  base64_decode_ctx_init (&ctx);
 
   do
     {
       bool ok;
       size_t n;
+      unsigned int k;
 
       sum = 0;
       do
@@ -211,14 +216,23 @@ do_decode (FILE *in, FILE *out, bool ignore_garbage)
 	}
       while (sum < B64BLOCKSIZE && !feof (in));
 
-      n = BLOCKSIZE;
-      ok = base64_decode (inbuf, sum, outbuf, &n);
+      /* The following "loop" is usually iterated just once.
+	 However, when it processes the final input buffer, we want
+	 to iterate it one additional time, but with an indicator
+	 telling it to flush what is in CTX.  */
+      for (k = 0; k < 1 + feof (in); k++)
+	{
+	  if (k == 1 && ctx.i == 0)
+	    break;
+	  n = BLOCKSIZE;
+	  ok = base64_decode (&ctx, inbuf, (k == 0 ? sum : 0), outbuf, &n);
 
-      if (fwrite (outbuf, 1, n, out) < n)
-	error (EXIT_FAILURE, errno, _("write error"));
+	  if (fwrite (outbuf, 1, n, out) < n)
+	    error (EXIT_FAILURE, errno, _("write error"));
 
-      if (!ok)
-	error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, _("invalid input"));
+	  if (!ok)
+	    error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, _("invalid input"));
+	}
     }
   while (!feof (in));
 }

src/c99-to-c89.diff

@@ -2,10 +2,11 @@ Index: src/remove.c
 ===================================================================
 RCS file: /fetish/cu/src/remove.c,v
 retrieving revision 1.158
-diff -u -p -u -r1.158 remove.c
---- src/remove.c	3 Sep 2006 02:54:51 -0000	1.158
-+++ src/remove.c	6 Sep 2006 18:57:46 -0000
-@@ -245,9 +245,10 @@ pop_dir (Dirstack_state *ds)
+diff --git a/src/remove.c b/src/remove.c
+index 4728bdd..7477da5 100644
+--- a/src/remove.c
++++ b/src/remove.c
+@@ -236,9 +236,10 @@ pop_dir (Dirstack_state *ds)
  {
    size_t n_lengths = obstack_object_size (&ds->len_stack) / sizeof (size_t);
    size_t *length = obstack_base (&ds->len_stack);
@@ -17,7 +18,7 @@ diff -u -p -u -r1.158 remove.c
    assert (top_len >= 2);
 
    /* Pop the specified length of file name.  */
-@@ -379,10 +380,11 @@ AD_stack_top (Dirstack_state const *ds)
+@@ -370,10 +371,11 @@ AD_stack_top (Dirstack_state const *ds)
  static void
  AD_stack_pop (Dirstack_state *ds)
  {
@@ -30,125 +31,83 @@ diff -u -p -u -r1.158 remove.c
    if (top->unremovable)
      hash_free (top->unremovable);
    obstack_blank (&ds->Active_dir, -(int) sizeof (struct AD_ent));
-@@ -549,6 +551,7 @@ AD_mark_helper (Hash_table **ht, char *f
-       if (*ht == NULL)
- 	xalloc_die ();
-     }
-+  {
-   void *ent = hash_insert (*ht, filename);
-   if (ent == NULL)
-     xalloc_die ();
-@@ -557,7 +560,7 @@ AD_mark_helper (Hash_table **ht, char *f
-       if (ent != filename)
- 	free (filename);
-     }
--
-+  }
- }
+@@ -815,6 +817,7 @@ prompt (int fd_cwd, Dirstack_state const *ds, char const *filename,
 
- /* Mark FILENAME (in current directory) as unremovable.  */
-@@ -1129,6 +1132,7 @@ fd_to_subdirp (int fd_cwd, char const *f
-       return NULL;
-     }
-
-+  {
-   DIR *subdir_dirp = fdopendir (fd_sub);
-   if (subdir_dirp == NULL)
+   if (write_protected || x->interactive == RMI_ALWAYS)
      {
-@@ -1137,6 +1141,7 @@ fd_to_subdirp (int fd_cwd, char const *f
-     }
++      char const *quoted_name = quote (full_filename (filename));
+       if (write_protected <= 0
+ 	  && cache_fstatat (fd_cwd, filename, sbuf, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW) != 0)
+ 	{
+@@ -832,8 +835,6 @@ prompt (int fd_cwd, Dirstack_state const *ds, char const *filename,
+ 	    write_protected = EISDIR;
+ 	}
 
-   return subdir_dirp;
-+  }
- }
-
- /* Remove entries in the directory open on DIRP
-@@ -1372,9 +1377,10 @@ remove_dir (int fd_cwd, Dirstack_state *
- 	/* The name of the directory that we have just processed,
- 	   nominally removing all of its contents.  */
- 	char *empty_dir;
-+	int fd;
-
- 	AD_pop_and_chdir (&dirp, ds, &empty_dir);
--	int fd = (dirp != NULL ? dirfd (dirp) : AT_FDCWD);
-+	fd = (dirp != NULL ? dirfd (dirp) : AT_FDCWD);
- 	assert (dirp != NULL || AD_stack_height (ds) == 1);
-
- 	/* Try to remove EMPTY_DIR only if remove_cwd_entries succeeded.  */
-@@ -1386,8 +1392,9 @@ remove_dir (int fd_cwd, Dirstack_state *
- 	       But that's no big deal since we're interactive.  */
- 	    struct stat empty_st;
- 	    Ternary is_empty;
-+	    enum RM_status s;
- 	    cache_stat_init (&empty_st);
--	    enum RM_status s = prompt (fd, ds, empty_dir, &empty_st, x,
-+	    s = prompt (fd, ds, empty_dir, &empty_st, x,
- 				       PA_REMOVE_DIR, &is_empty);
-
- 	    if (s != RM_OK)
-@@ -1452,6 +1459,7 @@ rm_1 (Dirstack_state *ds, char const *fi
+-      char const *quoted_name = quote (full_filename (filename));
+-
+       if (0 < write_protected)
+ 	{
+ 	  error (0, write_protected, _("cannot remove %s"), quoted_name);
+@@ -1487,6 +1488,7 @@ rm_1 (Dirstack_state *ds, char const *filename,
        return RM_ERROR;
      }
 
 +  {
    struct stat st;
    cache_stat_init (&st);
-   if (x->root_dev_ino)
-@@ -1473,6 +1481,7 @@ rm_1 (Dirstack_state *ds, char const *fi
+   cycle_check_init (&ds->cycle_check_state);
+@@ -1509,6 +1511,7 @@ rm_1 (Dirstack_state *ds, char const *filename,
    AD_push_initial (ds);
    AD_INIT_OTHER_MEMBERS ();
 
 +  {
-   int fd_cwd = AT_FDCWD;
-   enum RM_status status = remove_entry (fd_cwd, ds, filename, &st, x, NULL);
+   enum RM_status status = remove_entry (AT_FDCWD, ds, filename, &st, x, NULL);
    if (status == RM_NONEMPTY_DIR)
-@@ -1491,6 +1500,8 @@ rm_1 (Dirstack_state *ds, char const *fi
-   ds_clear (ds);
+     {
+@@ -1525,6 +1528,8 @@ rm_1 (Dirstack_state *ds, char const *filename,
 
+   ds_clear (ds);
    return status;
 +  }
 +  }
  }
 
  /* Remove all files and/or directories specified by N_FILES and FILE.
-@@ -1513,9 +1524,11 @@ rm (size_t n_files, char const *const *f
- 	}
-
-       cycle_check_init (&ds->cycle_check_state);
-+      {
-       enum RM_status s = rm_1 (ds, file[i], x, &cwd_errno);
-       assert (VALID_STATUS (s));
-       UPDATE_STATUS (status, s);
-+      }
-     }
-
-   if (x->require_restore_cwd && cwd_errno)
 Index: src/rm.c
 ===================================================================
 RCS file: /fetish/cu/src/rm.c,v
 retrieving revision 1.140
-diff -u -p -u -r1.140 rm.c
---- src/rm.c	3 Sep 2006 02:53:58 -0000	1.140
-+++ src/rm.c	6 Sep 2006 18:57:46 -0000
-@@ -357,8 +357,10 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
- 	if (!yesno ())
- 	  exit (EXIT_SUCCESS);
-       }
-+   {
-     enum RM_status status = rm (n_files, file, &x);
-     assert (VALID_STATUS (status));
-     exit (status == RM_ERROR ? EXIT_FAILURE : EXIT_SUCCESS);
-+   }
-   }
+diff --git a/src/rm.c b/src/rm.c
+index 364a21c..7a24014 100644
+--- a/src/rm.c
++++ b/src/rm.c
+@@ -355,6 +355,7 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
+ 	       quote ("/"));
+     }
+
++  {
+   size_t n_files = argc - optind;
+   char const *const *file = (char const *const *) argv + optind;
+
+@@ -368,7 +369,10 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
+       if (!yesno ())
+ 	exit (EXIT_SUCCESS);
+     }
++  {
+   enum RM_status status = rm (n_files, file, &x);
+   assert (VALID_STATUS (status));
+   exit (status == RM_ERROR ? EXIT_FAILURE : EXIT_SUCCESS);
++  }
++  }
  }
-Index: shred.c
+Index: src/shred.c
 ===================================================================
 RCS file: /fetish/cu/src/shred.c,v
 retrieving revision 1.130
 diff -u -p -r1.130 shred.c
---- shred.c     3 Sep 2006 02:53:16 -0000       1.130
-+++ shred.c     3 Oct 2006 13:48:24 -0000
-@@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ dopass (int fd, char const *qname, off_t
+--- a/src/shred.c     3 Sep 2006 02:53:16 -0000       1.130
++++ b/src/shred.c     3 Oct 2006 13:48:24 -0000
+@@ -464,7 +464,7 @@ dopass (int fd, char const *qname, off_t
  		     out.  Thus, it shouldn't give up on bad blocks.  This
  		     code works because lim is always a multiple of
  		     SECTOR_SIZE, except at the end.  */

src/cat.c

@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@
 char *program_name;
 
 /* Name of input file.  May be "-".  */
-static char *infile;
+static char const *infile;
 
 /* Descriptor on which input file is open.  */
 static int input_desc;

src/chgrp.c

@@ -260,20 +260,14 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
 	  if (dereference == 1)
 	    error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0,
 		   _("-R --dereference requires either -H or -L"));
-	  chopt.affect_symlink_referent = false;
-	}
-      else
-	{
-	  if (dereference == 0)
-	    error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, _("-R -h requires -P"));
-	  chopt.affect_symlink_referent = true;
+	  dereference = 0;
 	}
     }
   else
     {
       bit_flags = FTS_PHYSICAL;
-      chopt.affect_symlink_referent = (dereference != 0);
     }
+  chopt.affect_symlink_referent = (dereference != 0);
 
   if (argc - optind < (reference_file ? 1 : 2))
     {

src/chmod.c

@@ -228,6 +228,10 @@ process_file (FTS *fts, FTSENT *ent)
   if (ok && ROOT_DEV_INO_CHECK (root_dev_ino, file_stats))
     {
       ROOT_DEV_INO_WARN (file_full_name);
+      /* Tell fts not to traverse into this hierarchy.  */
+      fts_set (fts, ent, FTS_SKIP);
+      /* Ensure that we do not process "/" on the second visit.  */
+      ent = fts_read (fts);
       ok = false;
     }
 

src/chown-core.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* chown-core.c -- core functions for changing ownership.
-   Copyright (C) 2000, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation.
+   Copyright (C) 2000, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -32,6 +32,12 @@
 #include "root-dev-ino.h"
 #include "xfts.h"
 
+#define FTSENT_IS_DIRECTORY(E)	\
+  ((E)->fts_info == FTS_D	\
+   || (E)->fts_info == FTS_DC	\
+   || (E)->fts_info == FTS_DP	\
+   || (E)->fts_info == FTS_DNR)
+
 enum RCH_status
   {
     /* we called fchown and close, and both succeeded */
@@ -258,7 +264,20 @@ change_file_owner (FTS *fts, FTSENT *ent,
     {
     case FTS_D:
       if (chopt->recurse)
-	return true;
+	{
+	  if (ROOT_DEV_INO_CHECK (chopt->root_dev_ino, ent->fts_statp))
+	    {
+	      /* This happens e.g., with "chown -R --preserve-root 0 /"
+		 and with "chown -RH --preserve-root 0 symlink-to-root".  */
+	      ROOT_DEV_INO_WARN (file_full_name);
+	      /* Tell fts not to traverse into this hierarchy.  */
+	      fts_set (fts, ent, FTS_SKIP);
+	      /* Ensure that we do not process "/" on the second visit.  */
+	      ent = fts_read (fts);
+	      return false;
+	    }
+	  return true;
+	}
       break;
 
     case FTS_DP:
@@ -337,15 +356,13 @@ change_file_owner (FTS *fts, FTSENT *ent,
 		      || required_gid == file_stats->st_gid));
     }
 
-  if (do_chown
-      /* With FTS_NOSTAT, file_stats is valid only for directories.
-	 Don't need to check for FTS_D, since it is handled above,
-	 and same for FTS_DNR, since then do_chown is false.  */
-      && (ent->fts_info == FTS_DP || ent->fts_info == FTS_DC)
+  /* This happens when chown -LR --preserve-root encounters a symlink-to-/.  */
+  if (ok
+      && FTSENT_IS_DIRECTORY (ent)
       && ROOT_DEV_INO_CHECK (chopt->root_dev_ino, file_stats))
     {
       ROOT_DEV_INO_WARN (file_full_name);
-      ok = do_chown = false;
+      return false;
     }
 
   if (do_chown)

src/chown.c

@@ -273,20 +273,14 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
 	  if (dereference == 1)
 	    error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0,
 		   _("-R --dereference requires either -H or -L"));
-	  chopt.affect_symlink_referent = false;
-	}
-      else
-	{
-	  if (dereference == 0)
-	    error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, _("-R -h requires -P"));
-	  chopt.affect_symlink_referent = true;
+	  dereference = 0;
 	}
     }
   else
     {
       bit_flags = FTS_PHYSICAL;
-      chopt.affect_symlink_referent = (dereference != 0);
     }
+  chopt.affect_symlink_referent = (dereference != 0);
 
   if (argc - optind < (reference_file ? 1 : 2))
     {

src/copy.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* copy.c -- core functions for copying files and directories
-   Copyright (C) 89, 90, 91, 1995-2006 Free Software Foundation.
+   Copyright (C) 89, 90, 91, 1995-2007 Free Software Foundation.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -38,6 +38,7 @@
 #include "euidaccess.h"
 #include "error.h"
 #include "fcntl--.h"
+#include "filemode.h"
 #include "filenamecat.h"
 #include "full-write.h"
 #include "getpagesize.h"
@@ -175,22 +176,22 @@ copy_dir (char const *src_name_in, char const *dst_name_in, bool new_dst,
    st_gid fields of SRC_SB.  If DEST_DESC is undefined (-1), set
    the owner and owning group of DST_NAME instead.  DEST_DESC must
    refer to the same file as DEST_NAME if defined.
-   Return true if the syscall succeeds, or if it's ok not to
-   preserve ownership.  */
+   Return 1 if the syscall succeeds, 0 if it fails but it's OK
+   not to preserve ownership, -1 otherwise.  */
 
-static bool
+static int
 set_owner (const struct cp_options *x, char const *dst_name, int dest_desc,
 	   uid_t uid, gid_t gid)
 {
   if (HAVE_FCHOWN && dest_desc != -1)
     {
       if (fchown (dest_desc, uid, gid) == 0)
-	return true;
+	return 1;
     }
   else
     {
       if (chown (dst_name, uid, gid) == 0)
-	return true;
+	return 1;
     }
 
   if (! chown_failure_ok (x))
@@ -198,10 +199,10 @@ set_owner (const struct cp_options *x, char const *dst_name, int dest_desc,
       error (0, errno, _("failed to preserve ownership for %s"),
 	     quote (dst_name));
       if (x->require_preserve)
-	return false;
+	return -1;
     }
 
-  return true;
+  return 0;
 }
 
 /* Set the st_author field of DEST_DESC to the st_author field of
@@ -230,11 +231,26 @@ set_author (const char *dst_name, int dest_desc, const struct stat *src_sb)
 #endif
 }
 
+/* Change the file mode bits of the file identified by DESC or NAME to MODE.
+   Use DESC if DESC is valid and fchmod is available, NAME otherwise.  */
+
+static int
+fchmod_or_lchmod (int desc, char const *name, mode_t mode)
+{
+#if HAVE_FCHMOD
+  if (0 <= desc)
+    return fchmod (desc, mode);
+#endif
+  return lchmod (name, mode);
+}
+
 /* Copy a regular file from SRC_NAME to DST_NAME.
    If the source file contains holes, copies holes and blocks of zeros
    in the source file as holes in the destination file.
    (Holes are read as zeroes by the `read' system call.)
-   Use DST_MODE as the 3rd argument in the call to open.
+   When creating the destination, use DST_MODE & ~OMITTED_PERMISSIONS
+   as the third argument in the call to open, adding
+   OMITTED_PERMISSIONS after copying as needed.
    X provides many option settings.
    Return true if successful.
    *NEW_DST is as in copy_internal.
@@ -242,13 +258,15 @@ set_author (const char *dst_name, int dest_desc, const struct stat *src_sb)
 
 static bool
 copy_reg (char const *src_name, char const *dst_name,
-	  const struct cp_options *x, mode_t dst_mode, bool *new_dst,
+	  const struct cp_options *x,
+	  mode_t dst_mode, mode_t omitted_permissions, bool *new_dst,
 	  struct stat const *src_sb)
 {
   char *buf;
   char *buf_alloc = NULL;
   int dest_desc;
   int source_desc;
+  mode_t src_mode = src_sb->st_mode;
   struct stat sb;
   struct stat src_open_sb;
   bool return_val = true;
@@ -278,11 +296,11 @@ copy_reg (char const *src_name, char const *dst_name,
       goto close_src_desc;
     }
 
-  /* These semantics are required for cp.
-     The if-block will be taken in move_mode.  */
+  /* The semantics of the following open calls are mandated
+     by the specs for both cp and mv.  */
   if (! *new_dst)
     {
-      dest_desc = open (dst_name, O_WRONLY | O_TRUNC | O_BINARY, dst_mode);
+      dest_desc = open (dst_name, O_WRONLY | O_TRUNC | O_BINARY);
 
       if (dest_desc < 0 && x->unlink_dest_after_failed_open)
 	{
@@ -301,7 +319,10 @@ copy_reg (char const *src_name, char const *dst_name,
     }
 
   if (*new_dst)
-    dest_desc = open (dst_name, O_WRONLY | O_CREAT | O_BINARY, dst_mode);
+    dest_desc = open (dst_name, O_WRONLY | O_CREAT | O_EXCL | O_BINARY,
+		      dst_mode & ~omitted_permissions);
+  else
+    omitted_permissions = 0;
 
   if (dest_desc < 0)
     {
@@ -410,7 +431,17 @@ copy_reg (char const *src_name, char const *dst_name,
 	    {
 	      char *cp;
 
-	      buf[n_read] = 1;	/* Sentinel to stop loop.  */
+	      /* Sentinel to stop loop.  */
+	      buf[n_read] = '\1';
+#ifdef lint
+	      /* Usually, buf[n_read] is not the byte just before a "word"
+		 (aka uintptr_t) boundary.  In that case, the word-oriented
+		 test below (*wp++ == 0) would read some uninitialized bytes
+		 after the sentinel.  To avoid false-positive reports about
+		 this condition (e.g., from a tool like valgrind), set the
+		 remaining bytes -- to any value.  */
+	      memset (buf + n_read + 1, 0, sizeof (word) - 1);
+#endif
 
 	      /* Find first nonzero *word*, or the word with the sentinel.  */
 
@@ -500,10 +531,16 @@ copy_reg (char const *src_name, char const *dst_name,
 
   if (x->preserve_ownership && ! SAME_OWNER_AND_GROUP (*src_sb, sb))
     {
-      if (! set_owner (x, dst_name, dest_desc, src_sb->st_uid, src_sb->st_gid))
-        {
+      switch (set_owner (x, dst_name, dest_desc,
+			 src_sb->st_uid, src_sb->st_gid))
+	{
+	case -1:
 	  return_val = false;
 	  goto close_src_and_dst_desc;
+
+	case 0:
+	  src_mode &= ~ (S_ISUID | S_ISGID | S_ISVTX);
+	  break;
 	}
     }
 
@@ -511,8 +548,8 @@ copy_reg (char const *src_name, char const *dst_name,
 
   if (x->preserve_mode || x->move_mode)
     {
-      if (copy_acl (src_name, source_desc, dst_name, dest_desc,
-		    src_sb->st_mode) != 0 && x->require_preserve)
+      if (copy_acl (src_name, source_desc, dst_name, dest_desc, src_mode) != 0
+	  && x->require_preserve)
 	return_val = false;
     }
   else if (x->set_mode)
@@ -520,6 +557,18 @@ copy_reg (char const *src_name, char const *dst_name,
       if (set_acl (dst_name, dest_desc, x->mode) != 0)
 	return_val = false;
     }
+  else if (omitted_permissions)
+    {
+      omitted_permissions &= ~ cached_umask ();
+      if (omitted_permissions
+	  && fchmod_or_lchmod (dest_desc, dst_name, dst_mode) != 0)
+	{
+	  error (0, errno, _("preserving permissions for %s"),
+		 quote (dst_name));
+	  if (x->require_preserve)
+	    return_val = false;
+	}
+    }
 
 close_src_and_dst_desc:
   if (close (dest_desc) < 0)
@@ -749,10 +798,14 @@ overwrite_prompt (char const *dst_name, struct stat const *dst_sb)
 {
   if (euidaccess (dst_name, W_OK) != 0)
     {
+      char perms[12];		/* "-rwxrwxrwx " ls-style modes. */
+      strmode (dst_sb->st_mode, perms);
+      perms[10] = '\0';
       fprintf (stderr,
-	       _("%s: overwrite %s, overriding mode %04lo? "),
+	       _("%s: try to overwrite %s, overriding mode %04lo (%s)? "),
 	       program_name, quote (dst_name),
-	       (unsigned long int) (dst_sb->st_mode & CHMOD_MODE_BITS));
+	       (unsigned long int) (dst_sb->st_mode & CHMOD_MODE_BITS),
+	       &perms[1]);
     }
   else
     {
@@ -967,6 +1020,8 @@ copy_internal (char const *src_name, char const *dst_name,
   struct stat dst_sb;
   mode_t src_mode;
   mode_t dst_mode IF_LINT (= 0);
+  mode_t dst_mode_bits;
+  mode_t omitted_permissions;
   bool restore_dst_mode = false;
   char *earlier_file = NULL;
   char *dst_backup = NULL;
@@ -1465,6 +1520,17 @@ copy_internal (char const *src_name, char const *dst_name,
       new_dst = true;
     }
 
+  /* If the ownership might change, or if it is a directory (whose
+     special mode bits may change after the directory is created),
+     omit some permissions at first, so unauthorized users cannot nip
+     in before the file is ready.  */
+  dst_mode_bits = (x->set_mode ? x->mode : src_mode) & CHMOD_MODE_BITS;
+  omitted_permissions =
+    (dst_mode_bits
+     & (x->preserve_ownership ? S_IRWXG | S_IRWXO
+	: S_ISDIR (src_mode) ? S_IWGRP | S_IWOTH
+	: 0));
+
   delayed_ok = true;
 
   /* In certain modes (cp's --symbolic-link), and for certain file types
@@ -1502,7 +1568,7 @@ copy_internal (char const *src_name, char const *dst_name,
 	     (src_mode & ~S_IRWXUGO) != 0.  However, common practice is
 	     to ask mkdir to copy all the CHMOD_MODE_BITS, letting mkdir
 	     decide what to do with S_ISUID | S_ISGID | S_ISVTX.  */
-	  if (mkdir (dst_name, src_mode & CHMOD_MODE_BITS) != 0)
+	  if (mkdir (dst_name, dst_mode_bits & ~omitted_permissions) != 0)
 	    {
 	      error (0, errno, _("cannot create directory %s"),
 		     quote (dst_name));
@@ -1543,19 +1609,20 @@ copy_internal (char const *src_name, char const *dst_name,
 	    emit_verbose (src_name, dst_name, NULL);
 	}
 
-      /* Are we crossing a file system boundary?  */
+      /* Decide whether to copy the contents of the directory.  */
       if (x->one_file_system && device != 0 && device != src_sb.st_dev)
-	return true;
-
-      /* Copy the contents of the directory.  */
-
-      if (! copy_dir (src_name, dst_name, new_dst, &src_sb, dir, x,
-		      copy_into_self))
 	{
-	  /* Don't just return here -- otherwise, the failure to read a
-	     single file in a source directory would cause the containing
-	     destination directory not to have owner/perms set properly.  */
-	  delayed_ok = false;
+	  /* Here, we are crossing a file system boundary and cp's -x option
+	     is in effect: so don't copy the contents of this directory. */
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* Copy the contents of the directory.  Don't just return if
+	     this fails -- otherwise, the failure to read a single file
+	     in a source directory would cause the containing destination
+	     directory not to have owner/perms set properly.  */
+	  delayed_ok = copy_dir (src_name, dst_name, new_dst, &src_sb, dir, x,
+				 copy_into_self);
 	}
     }
   else if (x->symbolic_link)
@@ -1629,23 +1696,28 @@ copy_internal (char const *src_name, char const *dst_name,
 	 practice passed all the source mode bits to 'open', but the extra
 	 bits were ignored, so it should be the same either way.  */
       if (! copy_reg (src_name, dst_name, x, src_mode & S_IRWXUGO,
-		      &new_dst, &src_sb))
+		      omitted_permissions, &new_dst, &src_sb))
 	goto un_backup;
     }
   else if (S_ISFIFO (src_mode))
     {
       /* Use mknod, rather than mkfifo, because the former preserves
 	 the special mode bits of a fifo on Solaris 10, while mkfifo
-	 does not.  */
-      if (mknod (dst_name, src_mode, 0) != 0)
-	{
-	  error (0, errno, _("cannot create fifo %s"), quote (dst_name));
-	  goto un_backup;
-	}
+	 does not.  But fall back on mkfifo, because on some BSD systems,
+	 mknod always fails when asked to create a FIFO.  */
+      if (mknod (dst_name, src_mode & ~omitted_permissions, 0) != 0)
+#if HAVE_MKFIFO
+	if (mkfifo (dst_name, src_mode & ~S_IFIFO & ~omitted_permissions) != 0)
+#endif
+	  {
+	    error (0, errno, _("cannot create fifo %s"), quote (dst_name));
+	    goto un_backup;
+	  }
     }
   else if (S_ISBLK (src_mode) || S_ISCHR (src_mode) || S_ISSOCK (src_mode))
     {
-      if (mknod (dst_name, src_mode, src_sb.st_rdev) != 0)
+      if (mknod (dst_name, src_mode & ~omitted_permissions, src_sb.st_rdev)
+	  != 0)
 	{
 	  error (0, errno, _("cannot create special file %s"),
 		 quote (dst_name));
@@ -1654,7 +1726,7 @@ copy_internal (char const *src_name, char const *dst_name,
     }
   else if (S_ISLNK (src_mode))
     {
-      char *src_link_val = xreadlink (src_name, src_sb.st_size);
+      char *src_link_val = xreadlink_with_size (src_name, src_sb.st_size);
       if (src_link_val == NULL)
 	{
 	  error (0, errno, _("cannot read symbolic link %s"), quote (src_name));
@@ -1674,7 +1746,8 @@ copy_internal (char const *src_name, char const *dst_name,
 		 FIXME: This behavior isn't documented, and seems wrong
 		 in some cases, e.g., if the destination symlink has the
 		 wrong ownership, permissions, or time stamps.  */
-	      char *dest_link_val = xreadlink (dst_name, dst_sb.st_size);
+	      char *dest_link_val =
+		xreadlink_with_size (dst_name, dst_sb.st_size);
 	      if (STREQ (dest_link_val, src_link_val))
 		same_link = true;
 	      free (dest_link_val);
@@ -1757,8 +1830,15 @@ copy_internal (char const *src_name, char const *dst_name,
   if (x->preserve_ownership
       && (new_dst || !SAME_OWNER_AND_GROUP (src_sb, dst_sb)))
     {
-      if (! set_owner (x, dst_name, -1, src_sb.st_uid, src_sb.st_gid))
-	return false;
+      switch (set_owner (x, dst_name, -1, src_sb.st_uid, src_sb.st_gid))
+	{
+	case -1:
+	  return false;
+
+	case 0:
+	  src_mode &= ~ (S_ISUID | S_ISGID | S_ISVTX);
+	  break;
+	}
     }
 
   set_author (dst_name, -1, &src_sb);
@@ -1774,14 +1854,40 @@ copy_internal (char const *src_name, char const *dst_name,
       if (set_acl (dst_name, -1, x->mode) != 0)
 	return false;
     }
-  else if (restore_dst_mode)
+  else
     {
-      if (lchmod (dst_name, dst_mode) != 0)
+      if (omitted_permissions)
 	{
-	  error (0, errno, _("preserving permissions for %s"),
-		 quote (dst_name));
-	  if (x->require_preserve)
-	    return false;
+	  omitted_permissions &= ~ cached_umask ();
+
+	  if (omitted_permissions && !restore_dst_mode)
+	    {
+	      /* Permissions were deliberately omitted when the file
+		 was created due to security concerns.  See whether
+		 they need to be re-added now.  It'd be faster to omit
+		 the lstat, but deducing the current destination mode
+		 is tricky in the presence of implementation-defined
+		 rules for special mode bits.  */
+	      if (new_dst && lstat (dst_name, &dst_sb) != 0)
+		{
+		  error (0, errno, _("cannot stat %s"), quote (dst_name));
+		  return false;
+		}
+	      dst_mode = dst_sb.st_mode;
+	      if (omitted_permissions & ~dst_mode)
+		restore_dst_mode = true;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      if (restore_dst_mode)
+	{
+	  if (lchmod (dst_name, dst_mode | omitted_permissions) != 0)
+	    {
+	      error (0, errno, _("preserving permissions for %s"),
+		     quote (dst_name));
+	      if (x->require_preserve)
+		return false;
+	    }
 	}
     }
 
@@ -1885,3 +1991,17 @@ chown_failure_ok (struct cp_options const *x)
 
   return ((errno == EPERM || errno == EINVAL) && !x->chown_privileges);
 }
+
+/* Return the user's umask, caching the result.  */
+
+extern mode_t
+cached_umask (void)
+{
+  static mode_t mask = (mode_t) -1;
+  if (mask == (mode_t) -1)
+    {
+      mask = umask (0);
+      umask (mask);
+    }
+  return mask;
+}

src/copy.h

@@ -213,5 +213,6 @@ void src_info_init (struct cp_options *);
 
 bool chown_privileges (void);
 bool chown_failure_ok (struct cp_options const *);
+mode_t cached_umask (void);
 
 #endif

src/cp.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* cp.c  -- file copying (main routines)
-   Copyright (C) 89, 90, 91, 1995-2006 Free Software Foundation.
+   Copyright (C) 89, 90, 91, 1995-2007 Free Software Foundation.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -413,6 +413,9 @@ make_dir_parents_private (char const *const_dir, size_t src_offset,
 	  if (XSTAT (x, dir, &stats))
 	    {
 	      mode_t src_mode;
+	      mode_t omitted_permissions;
+	      mode_t mkdir_mode;
+	      int src_errno;
 
 	      /* This component does not exist.  We must set
 		 *new_dst and new->mode inside this loop because,
@@ -420,19 +423,35 @@ make_dir_parents_private (char const *const_dir, size_t src_offset,
 		 make_dir_parents_private creates only e_dir/../a if
 		 ./b already exists. */
 	      *new_dst = true;
-	      if (XSTAT (x, src, &stats))
+	      src_errno = (XSTAT (x, src, &stats) != 0
+			   ? errno
+			   : S_ISDIR (stats.st_mode)
+			   ? 0
+			   : ENOTDIR);
+	      if (src_errno)
 		{
-		  error (0, errno, _("failed to get attributes of %s"),
+		  error (0, src_errno, _("failed to get attributes of %s"),
 			 quote (src));
 		  return false;
 		}
 	      src_mode = stats.st_mode;
 
+	      /* If the ownership or special mode bits might change,
+		 omit some permissions at first, so unauthorized users
+		 cannot nip in before the file is ready.  */
+	      omitted_permissions = (src_mode
+				     & (x->preserve_ownership
+					? S_IRWXG | S_IRWXO
+					: x->preserve_mode
+					? S_IWGRP | S_IWOTH
+					: 0));
+
 	      /* POSIX says mkdir's behavior is implementation-defined when
 		 (src_mode & ~S_IRWXUGO) != 0.  However, common practice is
 		 to ask mkdir to copy all the CHMOD_MODE_BITS, letting mkdir
 		 decide what to do with S_ISUID | S_ISGID | S_ISVTX.  */
-	      if (mkdir (dir, src_mode & CHMOD_MODE_BITS) != 0)
+	      mkdir_mode = src_mode & CHMOD_MODE_BITS & ~omitted_permissions;
+	      if (mkdir (dir, mkdir_mode) != 0)
 		{
 		  error (0, errno, _("cannot make directory %s"),
 			 quote (dir));
@@ -454,28 +473,30 @@ make_dir_parents_private (char const *const_dir, size_t src_offset,
 			 quote (dir));
 		  return false;
 		}
-	      else
-	        {
-		  if (x->preserve_mode)
-		    {
-		      new->mode = src_mode;
-		      new->restore_mode = (src_mode != stats.st_mode);
-		    }
 
-		  if ((stats.st_mode & S_IRWXU) != S_IRWXU)
-		    {
-		      /* Make the new directory searchable and writable. The
-			 original permissions will be restored later.  */
 
-		      new->mode = stats.st_mode;
+	      if (! x->preserve_mode)
+		{
+		  if (omitted_permissions & ~stats.st_mode)
+		    omitted_permissions &= ~ cached_umask ();
+		  if (omitted_permissions & ~stats.st_mode
+		      || (stats.st_mode & S_IRWXU) != S_IRWXU)
+		    {
+		      new->mode = stats.st_mode | omitted_permissions;
 		      new->restore_mode = true;
+		    }
+		}
 
-		      if (lchmod (dir, stats.st_mode | S_IRWXU) != 0)
-			{
-			  error (0, errno, _("setting permissions for %s"),
-				 quote (dir));
-			  return false;
-			}
+	      if ((stats.st_mode & S_IRWXU) != S_IRWXU)
+		{
+		  /* Make the new directory searchable and writable.
+		     The original permissions will be restored later.  */
+
+		  if (lchmod (dir, stats.st_mode | S_IRWXU) != 0)
+		    {
+		      error (0, errno, _("setting permissions for %s"),
+			     quote (dir));
+		      return false;
 		    }
 		}
 	    }

src/csplit.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* csplit - split a file into sections determined by context lines
-   Copyright (C) 91, 1995-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 91, 1995-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -149,13 +149,13 @@ static uintmax_t current_line = 0;
 static bool have_read_eof = false;
 
 /* Name of output files. */
-static char * volatile filename_space = NULL;
+static char *volatile filename_space = NULL;
 
 /* Prefix part of output file names. */
-static char * volatile prefix = NULL;
+static char const *volatile prefix = NULL;
 
 /* Suffix part of output file names. */
-static char * volatile suffix = NULL;
+static char *volatile suffix = NULL;
 
 /* Number of digits to use in output file names. */
 static int volatile digits = 2;
@@ -526,6 +526,8 @@ load_buffer (void)
 
   if (lines_found)
     save_buffer (b);
+  else
+    free (b);
 
   return lines_found != 0;
 }
@@ -1400,7 +1402,26 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
 
   {
     int i;
-    static int const sig[] = { SIGHUP, SIGINT, SIGQUIT, SIGTERM };
+    static int const sig[] =
+      {
+	/* The usual suspects.  */
+	SIGALRM, SIGHUP, SIGINT, SIGPIPE, SIGQUIT, SIGTERM,
+#ifdef SIGPOLL
+	SIGPOLL,
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGPROF
+	SIGPROF,
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGVTALRM
+	SIGVTALRM,
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGXCPU
+	SIGXCPU,
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGXFSZ
+	SIGXFSZ,
+#endif
+      };
     enum { nsigs = sizeof sig / sizeof sig[0] };
 
 #if SA_NOCLDSTOP
@@ -1463,7 +1484,7 @@ and output byte counts of each piece to standard output.\n\
 Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n\
 "), stdout);
       fputs (_("\
-  -b, --suffix-format=FORMAT use sprintf FORMAT instead of %02d\n\
+  -b, --suffix-format=FORMAT  use sprintf FORMAT instead of %02d\n\
   -f, --prefix=PREFIX        use PREFIX instead of `xx'\n\
   -k, --keep-files           do not remove output files on errors\n\
 "), stdout);

src/cut.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* cut - remove parts of lines of files
-   Copyright (C) 1997-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1997-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    Copyright (C) 1984 David M. Ihnat
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -223,6 +223,8 @@ Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n\
 Use one, and only one of -b, -c or -f.  Each LIST is made up of one\n\
 range, or many ranges separated by commas.  Selected input is written\n\
 in the same order that it is read, and is written exactly once.\n\
+"), stdout);
+      fputs (_("\
 Each range is one of:\n\
 \n\
   N     N'th byte, character or field, counted from 1\n\
@@ -604,6 +606,7 @@ cut_fields (FILE *stream)
 	  if (len < 0)
 	    {
 	      free (field_1_buffer);
+	      field_1_buffer = NULL;
 	      if (ferror (stream) || feof (stream))
 		break;
 	      xalloc_die ();
@@ -702,7 +705,7 @@ cut_stream (FILE *stream)
    Return true if successful.  */
 
 static bool
-cut_file (char *file)
+cut_file (char const *file)
 {
   FILE *stream;
 

src/date.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* date - print or set the system date and time
-   Copyright (C) 1989-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1989-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -142,10 +142,15 @@ Display the current time in the given FORMAT, or set the system date.\n\
 "), stdout);
       fputs (_("\
   -r, --reference=FILE      display the last modification time of FILE\n\
-  -R, --rfc-2822            output date and time in RFC 2822 format\n\
+  -R, --rfc-2822            output date and time in RFC 2822 format.\n\
+                            Example: Mon, 07 Aug 2006 12:34:56 -0600\n\
+"), stdout);
+      fputs (_("\
       --rfc-3339=TIMESPEC   output date and time in RFC 3339 format.\n\
                             TIMESPEC=`date', `seconds', or `ns' for\n\
                             date and time to the indicated precision.\n\
+                            Date and time components are separated by\n\
+                            a single space: 2006-08-07 12:34:56-06:00\n\
   -s, --set=STRING          set time described by STRING\n\
   -u, --utc, --universal    print or set Coordinated Universal Time\n\
 "), stdout);
@@ -223,13 +228,15 @@ specifies Coordinated Universal Time.  Interpreted sequences are:\n\
   %Z   alphabetic time zone abbreviation (e.g., EDT)\n\
 \n\
 By default, date pads numeric fields with zeroes.\n\
+"), stdout);
+      fputs (_("\
 The following optional flags may follow `%':\n\
 \n\
-  - (hyphen) do not pad the field\n\
-  _ (underscore) pad with spaces\n\
-  0 (zero) pad with zeros\n\
-  ^ use upper case if possible\n\
-  # use opposite case if possible\n\
+  -  (hyphen) do not pad the field\n\
+  _  (underscore) pad with spaces\n\
+  0  (zero) pad with zeros\n\
+  ^  use upper case if possible\n\
+  #  use opposite case if possible\n\
 "), stdout);
       fputs (_("\
 \n\

src/dcgen

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 #!/usr/bin/perl -w
 # dcgen -- convert dircolors.hin to dircolors.h.
 
-# Copyright (C) 1996, 1998, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 1996, 1998, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -44,12 +44,14 @@ while (<>)
       and push @line, $_;
   }
 
-my $last_line = pop @line;
 my $indent = '  ';
 
-print "static char const G_line[] =\n";
+print "static char const G_line[] =\n{\n";
 foreach (@line)
   {
-    print "$indent\"$_\\0\"\n";
+    s/./'$&',/g;
+    s/'\\'/'\\\\'/g;
+    s/'''/'\\''/g;
+    print "$indent${_}0,\n";
   }
-print "$indent\"$last_line\";\n";
+print "};\n";

src/dd.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* dd -- convert a file while copying it.
-   Copyright (C) 85, 90, 91, 1995-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 85, 90, 91, 1995-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ static struct symbol_value const flags[] =
   {"direct",	O_DIRECT},
   {"directory",	O_DIRECTORY},
   {"dsync",	O_DSYNC},
-  {"noatime",	HAVE_WORKING_O_NOATIME ? O_NOATIME : 0},
+  {"noatime",	O_NOATIME},
   {"noctty",	O_NOCTTY},
   {"nofollow",	HAVE_WORKING_O_NOFOLLOW ? O_NOFOLLOW : 0},
   {"nolinks",	O_NOLINKS},
@@ -448,9 +448,11 @@ Each CONV symbol may be:\n\
   notrunc   do not truncate the output file\n\
   ucase     change lower case to upper case\n\
   swab      swap every pair of input bytes\n\
+"), stdout);
+      fputs (_("\
   noerror   continue after read errors\n\
   sync      pad every input block with NULs to ibs-size; when used\n\
-              with block or unblock, pad with spaces rather than NULs\n\
+            with block or unblock, pad with spaces rather than NULs\n\
   fdatasync  physically write output file data before finishing\n\
   fsync     likewise, but also write metadata\n\
 "), stdout);
@@ -470,7 +472,7 @@ Each FLAG symbol may be:\n\
 	fputs (_("  sync      likewise, but also for metadata\n"), stdout);
       if (O_NONBLOCK)
 	fputs (_("  nonblock  use non-blocking I/O\n"), stdout);
-      if (HAVE_WORKING_O_NOATIME)
+      if (O_NOATIME)
 	fputs (_("  noatime   do not update access time\n"), stdout);
       if (O_NOCTTY)
 	fputs (_("  noctty    do not assign controlling terminal from file\n"),
@@ -871,6 +873,7 @@ static void
 scanargs (int argc, char **argv)
 {
   int i;
+  size_t blocksize = 0;
 
   for (i = optind; i < argc; i++)
     {
@@ -921,7 +924,7 @@ scanargs (int argc, char **argv)
 	  else if (STREQ (name, "bs"))
 	    {
 	      invalid |= ! (0 < n && n <= MAX_BLOCKSIZE (INPUT_BLOCK_SLOP));
-	      output_blocksize = input_blocksize = n;
+	      blocksize = n;
 	    }
 	  else if (STREQ (name, "cbs"))
 	    {
@@ -946,6 +949,9 @@ scanargs (int argc, char **argv)
 	}
     }
 
+  if (blocksize)
+    input_blocksize = output_blocksize = blocksize;
+
   /* If bs= was given, both `input_blocksize' and `output_blocksize' will
      have been set to positive values.  If either has not been set,
      bs= was not given, so make sure two buffers are used. */
@@ -1220,7 +1226,7 @@ advance_input_after_read_error (size_t nbytes)
 	    return true;
 	  diff = input_offset - offset;
 	  if (! (0 <= diff && diff <= nbytes))
-	    error (0, 0, _("warning: screwy file offset after failed read"));
+	    error (0, 0, _("warning: invalid file offset after failed read"));
 	  if (0 <= skip_via_lseek (input_file, STDIN_FILENO, diff, SEEK_CUR))
 	    return true;
 	  if (errno == 0)
@@ -1377,8 +1383,10 @@ static int
 dd_copy (void)
 {
   char *ibuf, *bufstart;	/* Input buffer. */
-  char *real_buf;		/* real buffer address before alignment */
-  char *real_obuf;
+  /* These are declared static so that even though we don't free the
+     buffers, valgrind will recognize that there is no "real" leak.  */
+  static char *real_buf;	/* real buffer address before alignment */
+  static char *real_obuf;
   ssize_t nread;		/* Bytes read in the current block.  */
 
   /* If nonzero, then the previously read block was partial and
@@ -1598,9 +1606,6 @@ dd_copy (void)
 	}
     }
 
-  free (real_buf);
-  free (real_obuf);
-
   if ((conversions_mask & C_FDATASYNC) && fdatasync (STDOUT_FILENO) != 0)
     {
       if (errno != ENOSYS && errno != EINVAL)

src/df.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* df - summarize free disk space
-   Copyright (C) 91, 1995-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 91, 1995-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -748,7 +748,7 @@ Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n\
 "), stdout);
       fputs (_("\
   -a, --all             include dummy file systems\n\
-  -B, --block-size=SIZE use SIZE-byte blocks\n\
+  -B, --block-size=SIZE  use SIZE-byte blocks\n\
   -h, --human-readable  print sizes in human readable format (e.g., 1K 234M 2G)\n\
   -H, --si              likewise, but use powers of 1000 not 1024\n\
 "), stdout);
@@ -796,10 +796,7 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
   inode_format = false;
   show_all_fs = false;
   show_listed_fs = false;
-
-  human_output_opts = human_options (getenv ("DF_BLOCK_SIZE"), false,
-				     &output_block_size);
-
+  human_output_opts = -1;
   print_type = false;
   file_systems_processed = false;
   posix_format = false;
@@ -876,6 +873,18 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
 	}
     }
 
+  if (human_output_opts == -1)
+    {
+      if (posix_format)
+	{
+	  human_output_opts = 0;
+	  output_block_size = (getenv ("POSIXLY_CORRECT") ? 512 : 1024);
+	}
+      else
+	human_output_opts = human_options (getenv ("DF_BLOCK_SIZE"), false,
+					   &output_block_size);
+    }
+
   /* Fail if the same file system type was both selected and excluded.  */
   {
     bool match = false;

src/dircolors.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* dircolors - output commands to set the LS_COLOR environment variable
-   Copyright (C) 1996-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1996-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000 H. Peter Anvin
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -24,11 +24,11 @@
 
 #include "system.h"
 #include "dircolors.h"
+#include "c-strcase.h"
 #include "error.h"
 #include "getline.h"
 #include "obstack.h"
 #include "quote.h"
-#include "strcase.h"
 #include "xstrndup.h"
 
 /* The official name of this program (e.g., no `g' prefix).  */
@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ dc_parse_stream (FILE *fp, const char *filename)
   char *input_line = NULL;
   size_t input_line_size = 0;
   char const *line;
-  char *term;
+  char const *term;
   bool ok = true;
 
   /* State for the parser.  */
@@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ dc_parse_stream (FILE *fp, const char *filename)
 	}
 
       unrecognized = false;
-      if (strcasecmp (keywd, "TERM") == 0)
+      if (c_strcasecmp (keywd, "TERM") == 0)
 	{
 	  if (STREQ (arg, term))
 	    state = ST_TERMSURE;
@@ -325,9 +325,9 @@ dc_parse_stream (FILE *fp, const char *filename)
 		  append_quoted (arg);
 		  APPEND_CHAR (':');
 		}
-	      else if (strcasecmp (keywd, "OPTIONS") == 0
-		       || strcasecmp (keywd, "COLOR") == 0
-		       || strcasecmp (keywd, "EIGHTBIT") == 0)
+	      else if (c_strcasecmp (keywd, "OPTIONS") == 0
+		       || c_strcasecmp (keywd, "COLOR") == 0
+		       || c_strcasecmp (keywd, "EIGHTBIT") == 0)
 		{
 		  /* Ignore.  */
 		}
@@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ dc_parse_stream (FILE *fp, const char *filename)
 		  int i;
 
 		  for (i = 0; slack_codes[i] != NULL; ++i)
-		    if (strcasecmp (keywd, slack_codes[i]) == 0)
+		    if (c_strcasecmp (keywd, slack_codes[i]) == 0)
 		      break;
 
 		  if (slack_codes[i] != NULL)

src/dircolors.hin

@@ -23,6 +23,7 @@ TERM con80x30
 TERM con80x43
 TERM con80x50
 TERM con80x60
+TERM cons25
 TERM console
 TERM cygwin
 TERM dtterm
@@ -86,8 +87,13 @@ EXEC 01;32
 #.com 01;32
 #.btm 01;32
 #.bat 01;32
+# Or if you want to colorize scripts even if they do not have the
+# executable bit actually set.
+#.sh  01;32
+#.csh 01;32
 
-.tar 01;31 # archives or compressed (bright red)
+ # archives or compressed (bright red)
+.tar 01;31
 .tgz 01;31
 .arj 01;31
 .taz 01;31
@@ -97,9 +103,18 @@ EXEC 01;32
 .Z   01;31
 .gz  01;31
 .bz2 01;31
+.bz  01;31
+.tbz2 01;31
+.tz  01;31
 .deb 01;31
 .rpm 01;31
 .jar 01;31
+.rar 01;31
+.ace 01;31
+.zoo 01;31
+.cpio 01;31
+.7z  01;31
+.rz  01;31
 
 # image formats
 .jpg 01;35
@@ -115,19 +130,42 @@ EXEC 01;32
 .tif 01;35
 .tiff 01;35
 .png 01;35
+.mng 01;35
+.pcx 01;35
 .mov 01;35
 .mpg 01;35
 .mpeg 01;35
+.m2v 01;35
+.mkv 01;35
+.ogm 01;35
+.mp4 01;35
+.m4v 01;35
+.mp4v 01;35
+.vob 01;35
+.qt  01;35
+.nuv 01;35
+.wmv 01;35
+.asf 01;35
+.rm  01;35
+.rmvb 01;35
+.flc 01;35
 .avi 01;35
 .fli 01;35
 .gl 01;35
 .dl 01;35
 .xcf 01;35
 .xwd 01;35
+.yuv 01;35
 
 # audio formats
-.flac 01;35
-.mp3 01;35
-.mpc 01;35
-.ogg 01;35
-.wav 01;35
+.aac 00;36
+.au 00;36
+.flac 00;36
+.mid 00;36
+.midi 00;36
+.mka 00;36
+.mp3 00;36
+.mpc 00;36
+.ogg 00;36
+.ra 00;36
+.wav 00;36

src/du.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* du -- summarize disk usage
-   Copyright (C) 1988-1991, 1995-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1988-1991, 1995-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -293,7 +293,9 @@ Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n\
                           the apparent size is usually smaller, it may be\n\
                           larger due to holes in (`sparse') files, internal\n\
                           fragmentation, indirect blocks, and the like\n\
-  -B, --block-size=SIZE use SIZE-byte blocks\n\
+"), stdout);
+      fputs (_("\
+  -B, --block-size=SIZE  use SIZE-byte blocks\n\
   -b, --bytes           equivalent to `--apparent-size --block-size=1'\n\
   -c, --total           produce a grand total\n\
   -D, --dereference-args  dereference FILEs that are symbolic links\n\
@@ -305,6 +307,8 @@ Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n\
                           change to be equivalent to --dereference-args (-D)\n\
   -h, --human-readable  print sizes in human readable format (e.g., 1K 234M 2G)\n\
       --si              like -h, but use powers of 1000 not 1024\n\
+"), stdout);
+      fputs (_("\
   -k                    like --block-size=1K\n\
   -l, --count-links     count sizes many times if hard linked\n\
   -m                    like --block-size=1M\n\
@@ -319,7 +323,7 @@ Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n\
       fputs (_("\
   -x, --one-file-system  skip directories on different file systems\n\
   -X FILE, --exclude-from=FILE  Exclude files that match any pattern in FILE.\n\
-      --exclude=PATTERN Exclude files that match PATTERN.\n\
+      --exclude=PATTERN  Exclude files that match PATTERN.\n\
       --max-depth=N     print the total for a directory (or file, with --all)\n\
                           only if it is N or fewer levels below the command\n\
                           line argument;  --max-depth=0 is the same as\n\
@@ -330,7 +334,7 @@ Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n\
                           directory, or any of its subdirectories\n\
       --time=WORD       show time as WORD instead of modification time:\n\
                           atime, access, use, ctime or status\n\
-      --time-style=STYLE show times using style STYLE:\n\
+      --time-style=STYLE  show times using style STYLE:\n\
                           full-iso, long-iso, iso, +FORMAT\n\
                           FORMAT is interpreted like `date'\n\
 "), stdout);

src/env.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* env - run a program in a modified environment
-   Copyright (C) 1986, 1991-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1986, 1991-2005, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -189,8 +189,9 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
   /* If no program is specified, print the environment and exit. */
   if (argc <= optind)
     {
-      while (*environ)
-	puts (*environ++);
+      char *const *e = environ;
+      while (*e)
+	puts (*e++);
       exit (EXIT_SUCCESS);
     }
 

src/expr.c

@@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ int_value (intmax_t i)
 /* Return a VALUE for S.  */
 
 static VALUE *
-str_value (char *s)
+str_value (char const *s)
 {
   VALUE *v = xmalloc (sizeof *v);
   v->type = string;
@@ -427,6 +427,10 @@ docolon (VALUE *sv, VALUE *pv)
   tostring (sv);
   tostring (pv);
 
+  re_regs.num_regs = 0;
+  re_regs.start = NULL;
+  re_regs.end = NULL;
+
   re_buffer.buffer = NULL;
   re_buffer.allocated = 0;
   re_buffer.fastmap = fastmap;
@@ -463,7 +467,13 @@ docolon (VALUE *sv, VALUE *pv)
 	   (matchlen == -2 ? errno : EOVERFLOW),
 	   _("error in regular expression matcher"));
 
-  free (re_buffer.buffer);
+  if (0 < re_regs.num_regs)
+    {
+      free (re_regs.start);
+      free (re_regs.end);
+    }
+  re_buffer.fastmap = NULL;
+  regfree (&re_buffer);
   return v;
 }
 

src/fmt.c

@@ -607,12 +607,15 @@ copy_rest (FILE *f, int c)
   const char *s;
 
   out_column = 0;
-  if (in_column > next_prefix_indent && c != '\n' && c != EOF)
+  if (in_column > next_prefix_indent || (c != '\n' && c != EOF))
     {
       put_space (next_prefix_indent);
       for (s = prefix; out_column != in_column && *s; out_column++)
 	putchar (*s++);
-      put_space (in_column - out_column);
+      if (c != EOF && c != '\n')
+	put_space (in_column - out_column);
+      if (c == EOF && in_column >= next_prefix_indent + prefix_length)
+	putchar ('\n');
     }
   while (c != '\n' && c != EOF)
     {
@@ -688,10 +691,8 @@ get_line (FILE *f, int c)
 	  flush_paragraph ();
 	}
       word_limit++;
-      if (c == EOF)
-	return EOF;
     }
-  while (c != '\n');
+  while (c != '\n' && c != EOF);
   return get_prefix (f);
 }
 

src/fold.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* fold -- wrap each input line to fit in specified width.
-   Copyright (C) 91, 1995-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 91, 1995-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ adjust_column (size_t column, char c)
    Return true if successful.  */
 
 static bool
-fold_file (char *filename, size_t width)
+fold_file (char const *filename, size_t width)
 {
   FILE *istream;
   int c;

src/fs.h

@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
-/* Define the magic numbers as given by statfs(2).
-   Please send additions to bug-coreutils@gnu.org and meskes@debian.org.
-   This file is generated automatically from ./stat.c. */
-
-#if defined __linux__
-# define S_MAGIC_AFFS 0xADFF
-# define S_MAGIC_DEVPTS 0x1CD1
-# define S_MAGIC_EXT 0x137D
-# define S_MAGIC_EXT2_OLD 0xEF51
-# define S_MAGIC_EXT2 0xEF53
-# define S_MAGIC_JFS 0x3153464a
-# define S_MAGIC_XFS 0x58465342
-# define S_MAGIC_HPFS 0xF995E849
-# define S_MAGIC_ISOFS 0x9660
-# define S_MAGIC_ISOFS_WIN 0x4000
-# define S_MAGIC_ISOFS_R_WIN 0x4004
-# define S_MAGIC_MINIX 0x137F
-# define S_MAGIC_MINIX_30 0x138F
-# define S_MAGIC_MINIX_V2 0x2468
-# define S_MAGIC_MINIX_V2_30 0x2478
-# define S_MAGIC_MSDOS 0x4d44
-# define S_MAGIC_FAT 0x4006
-# define S_MAGIC_NCP 0x564c
-# define S_MAGIC_NFS 0x6969
-# define S_MAGIC_PROC 0x9fa0
-# define S_MAGIC_SMB 0x517B
-# define S_MAGIC_XENIX 0x012FF7B4
-# define S_MAGIC_SYSV4 0x012FF7B5
-# define S_MAGIC_SYSV2 0x012FF7B6
-# define S_MAGIC_COH 0x012FF7B7
-# define S_MAGIC_UFS 0x00011954
-# define S_MAGIC_XIAFS 0x012FD16D
-# define S_MAGIC_NTFS 0x5346544e
-# define S_MAGIC_TMPFS 0x1021994
-# define S_MAGIC_REISERFS 0x52654973
-# define S_MAGIC_CRAMFS 0x28cd3d45
-# define S_MAGIC_ROMFS 0x7275
-# define S_MAGIC_RAMFS 0x858458f6
-# define S_MAGIC_SQUASHFS 0x73717368
-# define S_MAGIC_SYSFS 0x62656572
-#elif defined __GNU__
-# include <hurd/hurd_types.h>
-#endif

src/groups.sh

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 #!/bin/sh
 # groups -- print the groups a user is in
-# Copyright (C) 1991, 1997, 2000, 2002, 2004, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 1991, 1997, 2000, 2002, 2004-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ Same as id -Gn.  If no USERNAME, use current process.
 Report bugs to <@PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@>."
 
 version='groups (@GNU_PACKAGE@) @VERSION@
-Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright (C) @RELEASE_YEAR@ Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 This is free software.  You may redistribute copies of it under the terms of
 the GNU General Public License <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>.
 There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law.

src/install.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* install - copy files and set attributes
-   Copyright (C) 89, 90, 91, 1995-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 89, 90, 91, 1995-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -459,11 +459,10 @@ install_file_in_file (const char *from, const char *to,
     return false;
   if (strip_files)
     strip (to);
-  if (! change_attributes (to))
+  if (x->preserve_timestamps && (strip_files || ! S_ISREG (from_sb.st_mode))
+      && ! change_timestamps (&from_sb, to))
     return false;
-  if (x->preserve_timestamps && (strip_files || ! S_ISREG (from_sb.st_mode)))
-    return change_timestamps (&from_sb, to);
-  return true;
+  return change_attributes (to);
 }
 
 /* Copy file FROM into directory TO_DIR, keeping its same name,
@@ -567,11 +566,10 @@ strip (char const *name)
       error (EXIT_FAILURE, errno, _("cannot run strip"));
       break;
     default:			/* Parent. */
-      /* Parent process. */
-      while (pid != wait (&status))	/* Wait for kid to finish. */
-	/* Do nothing. */ ;
-      if (status)
-	error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, _("strip failed"));
+      if (waitpid (pid, &status, 0) < 0)
+	error (EXIT_FAILURE, errno, _("waiting for strip"));
+      else if (! WIFEXITED (status) || WEXITSTATUS (status))
+	error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, _("strip process terminated abnormally"));
       break;
     }
 }
@@ -684,7 +682,7 @@ Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n\
   -p, --preserve-timestamps   apply access/modification times of SOURCE files\n\
                         to corresponding destination files\n\
   -s, --strip         strip symbol tables\n\
-  -S, --suffix=SUFFIX override the usual backup suffix\n\
+  -S, --suffix=SUFFIX  override the usual backup suffix\n\
   -t, --target-directory=DIRECTORY  copy all SOURCE arguments into DIRECTORY\n\
   -T, --no-target-directory  treat DEST as a normal file\n\
   -v, --verbose       print the name of each directory as it is created\n\

src/join.c

@@ -599,7 +599,8 @@ add_field (int file, size_t field)
 
 /* Convert a string of decimal digits, STR (the 1-based join field number),
    to an integral value.  Upon successful conversion, return one less
-   (the zero-based field number).  If it cannot be converted, give a
+   (the zero-based field number).  Silently convert too-large values
+   to SIZE_MAX - 1.  Otherwise, if a value cannot be converted, give a
    diagnostic and exit.  */
 
 static size_t
@@ -607,16 +608,12 @@ string_to_join_field (char const *str)
 {
   size_t result;
   unsigned long int val;
+  verify (SIZE_MAX <= ULONG_MAX);
 
   strtol_error s_err = xstrtoul (str, NULL, 10, &val, "");
   if (s_err == LONGINT_OVERFLOW || (s_err == LONGINT_OK && SIZE_MAX < val))
-    {
-      error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0,
-	     _("value %s is so large that it is not representable"),
-	     quote (str));
-    }
-
-  if (s_err != LONGINT_OK || val == 0)
+    val = SIZE_MAX;
+  else if (s_err != LONGINT_OK || val == 0)
     error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, _("invalid field number: %s"), quote (str));
 
   result = val - 1;

src/ln.c

@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ do_link (const char *source, const char *dest)
   struct stat source_stats;
   struct stat dest_stats;
   char *dest_backup = NULL;
-  bool lstat_ok = false;
+  bool dest_lstat_ok = false;
   bool source_is_dir = false;
   bool ok;
 
@@ -171,8 +171,8 @@ do_link (const char *source, const char *dest)
 
   if (remove_existing_files || interactive || backup_type != no_backups)
     {
-      lstat_ok = (lstat (dest, &dest_stats) == 0);
-      if (!lstat_ok && errno != ENOENT)
+      dest_lstat_ok = (lstat (dest, &dest_stats) == 0);
+      if (!dest_lstat_ok && errno != ENOENT)
 	{
 	  error (0, errno, _("accessing %s"), quote (dest));
 	  return false;
@@ -184,8 +184,14 @@ do_link (const char *source, const char *dest)
      (with --backup, it just renames any existing destination file)
      But if the source and destination are the same, don't remove
      anything and fail right here.  */
-  if (remove_existing_files
-      && lstat_ok
+  if ((remove_existing_files
+       /* Ensure that "ln --backup f f" fails here, with the
+	  "... same file" diagnostic, below.  Otherwise, subsequent
+	  code would give a misleading "file not found" diagnostic.
+	  This case is different than the others handled here, since
+	  the command in question doesn't use --force.  */
+       || (!symbolic_link && backup_type != no_backups))
+      && dest_lstat_ok
       /* Allow `ln -sf --backup k k' to succeed in creating the
 	 self-referential symlink, but don't allow the hard-linking
 	 equivalent: `ln -f k k' (with or without --backup) to get
@@ -205,7 +211,7 @@ do_link (const char *source, const char *dest)
       return false;
     }
 
-  if (lstat_ok)
+  if (dest_lstat_ok)
     {
       if (S_ISDIR (dest_stats.st_mode))
 	{

src/ls.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* `dir', `vdir' and `ls' directory listing programs for GNU.
-   Copyright (C) 85, 88, 90, 91, 1995-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 85, 88, 90, 91, 1995-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -93,6 +93,7 @@
 #include "ls.h"
 #include "lstat.h"
 #include "mbswidth.h"
+#include "mpsort.h"
 #include "obstack.h"
 #include "quote.h"
 #include "quotearg.h"
@@ -155,22 +156,23 @@ struct fileinfo
     /* The file name.  */
     char *name;
 
-    struct stat stat;
-    bool stat_ok;
-
     /* For symbolic link, name of the file linked to, otherwise zero.  */
     char *linkname;
 
+    struct stat stat;
+
+    enum filetype filetype;
+
     /* For symbolic link and long listing, st_mode of file linked to, otherwise
        zero.  */
     mode_t linkmode;
 
+    bool stat_ok;
+
     /* For symbolic link and color printing, true if linked-to file
        exists, otherwise false.  */
     bool linkok;
 
-    enum filetype filetype;
-
 #if USE_ACL
     /* For long listings, true if the file has an access control list.  */
     bool have_acl;
@@ -266,18 +268,23 @@ static Hash_table *active_dir_set;
 
 /* The table of files in the current directory:
 
-   `files' points to a vector of `struct fileinfo', one per file.
-   `nfiles' is the number of elements space has been allocated for.
-   `files_index' is the number actually in use.  */
+   `cwd_file' points to a vector of `struct fileinfo', one per file.
+   `cwd_n_alloc' is the number of elements space has been allocated for.
+   `cwd_n_used' is the number actually in use.  */
 
 /* Address of block containing the files that are described.  */
-static struct fileinfo *files;  /* FIXME: rename this to e.g. cwd_file */
+static struct fileinfo *cwd_file;
 
-/* Length of block that `files' points to, measured in files.  */
-static size_t nfiles;  /* FIXME: rename this to e.g. cwd_n_alloc */
+/* Length of block that `cwd_file' points to, measured in files.  */
+static size_t cwd_n_alloc;
 
-/* Index of first unused in `files'.  */
-static size_t files_index;  /* FIXME: rename this to e.g. cwd_n_used */
+/* Index of first unused slot in `cwd_file'.  */
+static size_t cwd_n_used;
+
+/* Vector of pointers to files, in proper sorted order, and the number
+   of entries allocated for it.  */
+static void **sorted_file;
+static size_t sorted_file_alloc;
 
 /* When true, in a color listing, color each symlink name according to the
    type of file it points to.  Otherwise, color them according to the `ln'
@@ -863,11 +870,11 @@ static size_t dired_pos;
 
 /* Write S to STREAM and increment DIRED_POS by S_LEN.  */
 #define DIRED_FPUTS(s, stream, s_len) \
-    do {fputs ((s), (stream)); dired_pos += s_len;} while (0)
+    do {fputs (s, stream); dired_pos += s_len;} while (0)
 
 /* Like DIRED_FPUTS, but for use when S is a literal string.  */
 #define DIRED_FPUTS_LITERAL(s, stream) \
-    do {fputs ((s), (stream)); dired_pos += sizeof((s)) - 1;} while (0)
+    do {fputs (s, stream); dired_pos += sizeof (s) - 1;} while (0)
 
 #define DIRED_INDENT()							\
     do									\
@@ -892,7 +899,7 @@ static struct obstack subdired_obstack;
   do									\
     {									\
       if (dired)							\
-	obstack_grow ((obs), &dired_pos, sizeof (dired_pos));		\
+	obstack_grow (obs, &dired_pos, sizeof (dired_pos));		\
     }									\
   while (0)
 
@@ -1113,8 +1120,29 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
   int n_files;
 
   /* The signals that are trapped, and the number of such signals.  */
-  static int const sig[] = { SIGHUP, SIGINT, SIGPIPE,
-			     SIGQUIT, SIGTERM, SIGTSTP };
+  static int const sig[] =
+    {
+      /* This one is handled specially.  */
+      SIGTSTP,
+
+      /* The usual suspects.  */
+      SIGALRM, SIGHUP, SIGINT, SIGPIPE, SIGQUIT, SIGTERM,
+#ifdef SIGPOLL
+      SIGPOLL,
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGPROF
+      SIGPROF,
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGVTALRM
+      SIGVTALRM,
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGXCPU
+      SIGXCPU,
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGXFSZ
+      SIGXFSZ,
+#endif
+    };
   enum { nsigs = sizeof sig / sizeof sig[0] };
 
 #if ! SA_NOCLDSTOP
@@ -1231,9 +1259,9 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
       obstack_init (&subdired_obstack);
     }
 
-  nfiles = 100;
-  files = xnmalloc (nfiles, sizeof *files);
-  files_index = 0;
+  cwd_n_alloc = 100;
+  cwd_file = xnmalloc (cwd_n_alloc, sizeof *cwd_file);
+  cwd_n_used = 0;
 
   clear_files ();
 
@@ -1251,19 +1279,19 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
       gobble_file (argv[i++], unknown, NOT_AN_INODE_NUMBER, true, "");
     while (i < argc);
 
-  if (files_index)
+  if (cwd_n_used)
     {
       sort_files ();
       if (!immediate_dirs)
 	extract_dirs_from_files (NULL, true);
-      /* `files_index' might be zero now.  */
+      /* `cwd_n_used' might be zero now.  */
     }
 
   /* In the following if/else blocks, it is sufficient to test `pending_dirs'
      (and not pending_dirs->name) because there may be no markers in the queue
      at this point.  A marker may be enqueued when extract_dirs_from_files is
      called with a non-empty string or via print_dir.  */
-  if (files_index)
+  if (cwd_n_used)
     {
       print_current_files ();
       if (pending_dirs)
@@ -2314,6 +2342,7 @@ print_dir (char const *name, char const *realname, bool command_line_arg)
 	{
 	  file_failure (command_line_arg,
 			_("cannot determine device and inode of %s"), name);
+	  closedir (dirp);
 	  return;
 	}
 
@@ -2323,13 +2352,14 @@ print_dir (char const *name, char const *realname, bool command_line_arg)
 	{
 	  error (0, 0, _("%s: not listing already-listed directory"),
 		 quotearg_colon (name));
+	  closedir (dirp);
 	  return;
 	}
 
       DEV_INO_PUSH (dir_stat.st_dev, dir_stat.st_ino);
     }
 
-  /* Read the directory entries, and insert the subfiles into the `files'
+  /* Read the directory entries, and insert the subfiles into the `cwd_file'
      table.  */
 
   clear_files ();
@@ -2418,7 +2448,7 @@ print_dir (char const *name, char const *realname, bool command_line_arg)
       DIRED_PUTCHAR ('\n');
     }
 
-  if (files_index)
+  if (cwd_n_used)
     print_current_files ();
 }
 
@@ -2472,7 +2502,7 @@ unsigned_file_size (off_t size)
   return size + (size < 0) * ((uintmax_t) OFF_T_MAX - OFF_T_MIN + 1);
 }
 
-/* Enter and remove entries in the table `files'.  */
+/* Enter and remove entries in the table `cwd_file'.  */
 
 /* Empty the table of files.  */
 
@@ -2481,13 +2511,14 @@ clear_files (void)
 {
   size_t i;
 
-  for (i = 0; i < files_index; i++)
+  for (i = 0; i < cwd_n_used; i++)
     {
-      free (files[i].name);
-      free (files[i].linkname);
+      struct fileinfo *f = sorted_file[i];
+      free (f->name);
+      free (f->linkname);
     }
 
-  files_index = 0;
+  cwd_n_used = 0;
 #if USE_ACL
   any_has_acl = false;
 #endif
@@ -2517,13 +2548,13 @@ gobble_file (char const *name, enum filetype type, ino_t inode,
      which is not used for command line arguments.  */
   assert (! command_line_arg || inode == NOT_AN_INODE_NUMBER);
 
-  if (files_index == nfiles)
+  if (cwd_n_used == cwd_n_alloc)
     {
-      files = xnrealloc (files, nfiles, 2 * sizeof *files);
-      nfiles *= 2;
+      cwd_file = xnrealloc (cwd_file, cwd_n_alloc, 2 * sizeof *cwd_file);
+      cwd_n_alloc *= 2;
     }
 
-  f = &files[files_index];
+  f = &cwd_file[cwd_n_used];
   memset (f, '\0', sizeof *f);
   f->stat.st_ino = inode;
   f->filetype = type;
@@ -2534,14 +2565,15 @@ gobble_file (char const *name, enum filetype type, ino_t inode,
 	 direct.d_type), we have to stat it in order to indicate
 	 sticky and/or other-writable attributes.  */
       || (type == directory && print_with_color)
-      || (print_inode
-	  && (inode == NOT_AN_INODE_NUMBER
-	      /* When dereferencing symlinks, the inode must come from
-		 stat, but readdir provides the inode of lstat.  Command
-		 line dereferences are already taken care of by the above
-		 assertion that the inode number is not yet known.  */
-	      || (dereference == DEREF_ALWAYS
-		  && (type == symbolic_link || type == unknown))))
+      /* When dereferencing symlinks, the inode and type must come from
+	 stat, but readdir provides the inode and type of lstat.  */
+      || ((print_inode || format_needs_type)
+	  && (type == symbolic_link || type == unknown)
+	  && (dereference == DEREF_ALWAYS
+	      || (command_line_arg && dereference != DEREF_NEVER)))
+      /* Command line dereferences are already taken care of by the above
+	 assertion that the inode number is not yet known.  */
+      || (print_inode && inode == NOT_AN_INODE_NUMBER)
       || (format_needs_type
 	  && (type == unknown || command_line_arg
 	      /* --indicator-style=classify (aka -F)
@@ -2614,7 +2646,7 @@ gobble_file (char const *name, enum filetype type, ino_t inode,
 	    return 0;
 
 	  f->name = xstrdup (name);
-	  files_index++;
+	  cwd_n_used++;
 
 	  return 0;
 	}
@@ -2747,7 +2779,7 @@ gobble_file (char const *name, enum filetype type, ino_t inode,
     }
 
   f->name = xstrdup (name);
-  files_index++;
+  cwd_n_used++;
 
   return blocks;
 }
@@ -2766,7 +2798,7 @@ is_directory (const struct fileinfo *f)
 static void
 get_link_name (char const *filename, struct fileinfo *f, bool command_line_arg)
 {
-  f->linkname = xreadlink (filename, f->stat.st_size);
+  f->linkname = xreadlink_with_size (filename, f->stat.st_size);
   if (f->linkname == NULL)
     file_failure (command_line_arg, _("cannot read symbolic link %s"),
 		  filename);
@@ -2812,7 +2844,7 @@ basename_is_dot_or_dotdot (const char *name)
   return dot_or_dotdot (base);
 }
 
-/* Remove any entries from FILES that are for directories,
+/* Remove any entries from CWD_FILE that are for directories,
    and queue them to be listed as directories instead.
    DIRNAME is the prefix to prepend to each dirname
    to make it correct relative to ls's working dir;
@@ -2837,39 +2869,37 @@ extract_dirs_from_files (char const *dirname, bool command_line_arg)
 
   /* Queue the directories last one first, because queueing reverses the
      order.  */
-  for (i = files_index; i-- != 0; )
-    if (is_directory (&files[i])
-        && (! ignore_dot_and_dot_dot
-            || ! basename_is_dot_or_dotdot (files[i].name)))
-      {
-	if (!dirname || files[i].name[0] == '/')
-	  {
-	    queue_directory (files[i].name, files[i].linkname,
-			     command_line_arg);
-	  }
-	else
-	  {
-	    char *name = file_name_concat (dirname, files[i].name, NULL);
-	    queue_directory (name, files[i].linkname, command_line_arg);
-	    free (name);
-	  }
-	if (files[i].filetype == arg_directory)
-	  free (files[i].name);
-      }
+  for (i = cwd_n_used; i-- != 0; )
+    {
+      struct fileinfo *f = sorted_file[i];
+
+      if (is_directory (f)
+	  && (! ignore_dot_and_dot_dot
+	      || ! basename_is_dot_or_dotdot (f->name)))
+	{
+	  if (!dirname || f->name[0] == '/')
+	    queue_directory (f->name, f->linkname, command_line_arg);
+	  else
+	    {
+	      char *name = file_name_concat (dirname, f->name, NULL);
+	      queue_directory (name, f->linkname, command_line_arg);
+	      free (name);
+	    }
+	  if (f->filetype == arg_directory)
+	    free (f->name);
+	}
+    }
 
   /* Now delete the directories from the table, compacting all the remaining
      entries.  */
 
-  for (i = 0, j = 0; i < files_index; i++)
+  for (i = 0, j = 0; i < cwd_n_used; i++)
     {
-      if (files[i].filetype != arg_directory)
-	{
-	  if (j < i)
-	    files[j] = files[i];
-	  ++j;
-	}
+      struct fileinfo *f = sorted_file[i];
+      sorted_file[j] = f;
+      j += (f->filetype != arg_directory);
     }
-  files_index = j;
+  cwd_n_used = j;
 }
 
 /* Use strcoll to compare strings in this locale.  If an error occurs,
@@ -3091,6 +3121,15 @@ static qsortFunc sort_functions[][2][2][2] =
 verify (ARRAY_CARDINALITY (sort_functions)
 	== sort_numtypes + time_numtypes - 1 );
 
+/* Set up SORTED_FILE to point to the in-use entries in CWD_FILE, in order.  */
+
+static void
+initialize_ordering_vector (void)
+{
+  size_t i;
+  for (i = 0; i < cwd_n_used; i++)
+    sorted_file[i] = &cwd_file[i];
+}
 
 /* Sort the files now in the table.  */
 
@@ -3099,6 +3138,15 @@ sort_files (void)
 {
   bool use_strcmp;
 
+  if (sorted_file_alloc < cwd_n_used + cwd_n_used / 2)
+    {
+      free (sorted_file);
+      sorted_file = xnmalloc (cwd_n_used, 3 * sizeof *sorted_file);
+      sorted_file_alloc = 3 * cwd_n_used;
+    }
+
+  initialize_ordering_vector ();
+
   if (sort_type == sort_none)
     return;
 
@@ -3113,13 +3161,14 @@ sort_files (void)
     {
       use_strcmp = true;
       assert (sort_type != sort_version);
+      initialize_ordering_vector ();
     }
 
   /* When sort_type == sort_time, use time_type as subindex.  */
-  qsort (files, files_index, sizeof *files,
-         sort_functions[sort_type + (sort_type == sort_time ? time_type : 0)]
-		       [use_strcmp][sort_reverse]
-                       [directories_first]);
+  mpsort ((void const **) sorted_file, cwd_n_used,
+	  sort_functions[sort_type + (sort_type == sort_time ? time_type : 0)]
+			[use_strcmp][sort_reverse]
+			[directories_first]);
 }
 
 /* List all the files now in the table.  */
@@ -3132,9 +3181,9 @@ print_current_files (void)
   switch (format)
     {
     case one_per_line:
-      for (i = 0; i < files_index; i++)
+      for (i = 0; i < cwd_n_used; i++)
 	{
-	  print_file_name_and_frills (files + i);
+	  print_file_name_and_frills (sorted_file[i]);
 	  putchar ('\n');
 	}
       break;
@@ -3152,9 +3201,9 @@ print_current_files (void)
       break;
 
     case long_format:
-      for (i = 0; i < files_index; i++)
+      for (i = 0; i < cwd_n_used; i++)
 	{
-	  print_long_format (files + i);
+	  print_long_format (sorted_file[i]);
 	  DIRED_PUTCHAR ('\n');
 	}
       break;
@@ -3947,7 +3996,7 @@ print_many_per_line (void)
 
   /* Calculate the number of rows that will be in each column except possibly
      for a short column on the right.  */
-  size_t rows = files_index / cols + (files_index % cols != 0);
+  size_t rows = cwd_n_used / cols + (cwd_n_used % cols != 0);
 
   for (row = 0; row < rows; row++)
     {
@@ -3958,12 +4007,13 @@ print_many_per_line (void)
       /* Print the next row.  */
       while (1)
 	{
-	  size_t name_length = length_of_file_name_and_frills (files + filesno);
+	  struct fileinfo const *f = sorted_file[filesno];
+	  size_t name_length = length_of_file_name_and_frills (f);
 	  size_t max_name_length = line_fmt->col_arr[col++];
-	  print_file_name_and_frills (files + filesno);
+	  print_file_name_and_frills (f);
 
 	  filesno += rows;
-	  if (filesno >= files_index)
+	  if (filesno >= cwd_n_used)
 	    break;
 
 	  indent (pos + name_length, pos + max_name_length);
@@ -3980,15 +4030,16 @@ print_horizontal (void)
   size_t pos = 0;
   size_t cols = calculate_columns (false);
   struct column_info const *line_fmt = &column_info[cols - 1];
-  size_t name_length = length_of_file_name_and_frills (files);
+  size_t name_length = length_of_file_name_and_frills (cwd_file);
   size_t max_name_length = line_fmt->col_arr[0];
 
   /* Print first entry.  */
-  print_file_name_and_frills (files);
+  print_file_name_and_frills (cwd_file);
 
   /* Now the rest.  */
-  for (filesno = 1; filesno < files_index; ++filesno)
+  for (filesno = 1; filesno < cwd_n_used; ++filesno)
     {
+      struct fileinfo const *f;
       size_t col = filesno % cols;
 
       if (col == 0)
@@ -4002,9 +4053,10 @@ print_horizontal (void)
 	  pos += max_name_length;
 	}
 
-      print_file_name_and_frills (files + filesno);
+      f = sorted_file[filesno];
+      print_file_name_and_frills (f);
 
-      name_length = length_of_file_name_and_frills (files + filesno);
+      name_length = length_of_file_name_and_frills (f);
       max_name_length = line_fmt->col_arr[col];
     }
   putchar ('\n');
@@ -4016,9 +4068,10 @@ print_with_commas (void)
   size_t filesno;
   size_t pos = 0;
 
-  for (filesno = 0; filesno < files_index; filesno++)
+  for (filesno = 0; filesno < cwd_n_used; filesno++)
     {
-      size_t len = length_of_file_name_and_frills (files + filesno);
+      struct fileinfo const *f = sorted_file[filesno];
+      size_t len = length_of_file_name_and_frills (f);
 
       if (filesno != 0)
 	{
@@ -4039,7 +4092,7 @@ print_with_commas (void)
 	  putchar (separator);
 	}
 
-      print_file_name_and_frills (files + filesno);
+      print_file_name_and_frills (f);
       pos += len;
     }
   putchar ('\n');
@@ -4097,7 +4150,7 @@ static void
 init_column_info (void)
 {
   size_t i;
-  size_t max_cols = MIN (max_idx, files_index);
+  size_t max_cols = MIN (max_idx, cwd_n_used);
 
   /* Currently allocated columns in column_info.  */
   static size_t column_info_alloc;
@@ -4164,20 +4217,21 @@ init_column_info (void)
 static size_t
 calculate_columns (bool by_columns)
 {
-  size_t filesno;		/* Index into files.  */
+  size_t filesno;		/* Index into cwd_file.  */
   size_t cols;			/* Number of files across.  */
 
   /* Normally the maximum number of columns is determined by the
      screen width.  But if few files are available this might limit it
      as well.  */
-  size_t max_cols = MIN (max_idx, files_index);
+  size_t max_cols = MIN (max_idx, cwd_n_used);
 
   init_column_info ();
 
   /* Compute the maximum number of possible columns.  */
-  for (filesno = 0; filesno < files_index; ++filesno)
+  for (filesno = 0; filesno < cwd_n_used; ++filesno)
     {
-      size_t name_length = length_of_file_name_and_frills (files + filesno);
+      struct fileinfo const *f = sorted_file[filesno];
+      size_t name_length = length_of_file_name_and_frills (f);
       size_t i;
 
       for (i = 0; i < max_cols; ++i)
@@ -4185,7 +4239,7 @@ calculate_columns (bool by_columns)
 	  if (column_info[i].valid_len)
 	    {
 	      size_t idx = (by_columns
-			    ? filesno / ((files_index + i) / (i + 1))
+			    ? filesno / ((cwd_n_used + i) / (i + 1))
 			    : filesno % (i + 1));
 	      size_t real_length = name_length + (idx == i ? 0 : 2);
 
@@ -4270,6 +4324,8 @@ Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n\
   -h, --human-readable       with -l, print sizes in human readable format\n\
                                (e.g., 1K 234M 2G)\n\
       --si                   likewise, but use powers of 1000 not 1024\n\
+"), stdout);
+      fputs (_("\
   -H, --dereference-command-line\n\
                              follow symbolic links listed on the command line\n\
       --dereference-command-line-symlink-to-dir\n\
@@ -4279,7 +4335,7 @@ Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n\
                                (overridden by -a or -A)\n\
 "), stdout);
       fputs (_("\
-      --indicator-style=WORD append indicator with style WORD to entry names:\n\
+      --indicator-style=WORD  append indicator with style WORD to entry names:\n\
                                none (default), slash (-p),\n\
                                file-type (--file-type), classify (-F)\n\
   -i, --inode                print the index number of each file\n\
@@ -4331,6 +4387,8 @@ Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n\
                              non-recent files and FORMAT2 to recent files;\n\
                              if STYLE is prefixed with `posix-', STYLE\n\
                              takes effect only outside the POSIX locale\n\
+"), stdout);
+      fputs (_("\
   -t                         sort by modification time\n\
   -T, --tabsize=COLS         assume tab stops at each COLS instead of 8\n\
 "), stdout);

src/mv.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* mv -- move or rename files
-   Copyright (C) 86, 89, 90, 91, 1995-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 86, 89, 90, 91, 1995-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -94,10 +94,11 @@ rm_option_init (struct rm_options *x)
   x->ignore_missing_files = false;
   x->root_dev_ino = NULL;
   x->recursive = true;
+  x->one_file_system = false;
 
   /* Should we prompt for removal, too?  No.  Prompting for the `move'
      part is enough.  It implies removal.  */
-  x->interactive = 0;
+  x->interactive = RMI_NEVER;
   x->stdin_tty = false;
 
   x->verbose = false;

src/nl.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* nl -- number lines of files
-   Copyright (C) 89, 92, 1995-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 89, 92, 1995-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -64,16 +64,16 @@ enum section
 char *program_name;
 
 /* Format of body lines (-b).  */
-static char *body_type = "t";
+static char const *body_type = "t";
 
 /* Format of header lines (-h).  */
-static char *header_type = "n";
+static char const *header_type = "n";
 
 /* Format of footer lines (-f).  */
-static char *footer_type = "n";
+static char const *footer_type = "n";
 
 /* Format currently being used (body, header, or footer).  */
-static char *current_type;
+static char const *current_type;
 
 /* Regex for body lines to number (-bp).  */
 static struct re_pattern_buffer body_regex;
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ static char footer_fastmap[UCHAR_MAX + 1];
 static struct re_pattern_buffer *current_regex = NULL;
 
 /* Separator string to print after line number (-s).  */
-static char *separator_str = "\t";
+static char const *separator_str = "\t";
 
 /* Input section delimiter string (-d).  */
 static char const *section_del = DEFAULT_SECTION_DELIMITERS;
@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ second character implies :.  Type \\\\ for \\.  STYLE is one of:\n\
   t         number only nonempty lines\n\
   n         number no lines\n\
   pBRE      number only lines that contain a match for the basic regular\n\
-              expression, BRE\n\
+            expression, BRE\n\
 \n\
 FORMAT is one of:\n\
 \n\
@@ -235,9 +235,10 @@ FORMAT is one of:\n\
    according to `optarg'.  */
 
 static bool
-build_type_arg (char **typep, struct re_pattern_buffer *regexp, char *fastmap)
+build_type_arg (char const **typep,
+		struct re_pattern_buffer *regexp, char *fastmap)
 {
-  const char *errmsg;
+  char const *errmsg;
   bool rval = true;
 
   switch (*optarg)
@@ -347,7 +348,7 @@ proc_text (void)
       break;
     case 'p':
       switch (re_search (current_regex, line_buf.buffer, line_buf.length - 1,
-			 0, line_buf.length - 1, (struct re_registers *) 0))
+			 0, line_buf.length - 1, NULL))
 	{
 	case -2:
 	  error (EXIT_FAILURE, errno, _("error in regular expression search"));
@@ -414,7 +415,7 @@ process_file (FILE *fp)
    Return true if successful.  */
 
 static bool
-nl_file (const char *file)
+nl_file (char const *file)
 {
   FILE *stream;
 

src/od.c

@@ -358,6 +358,8 @@ An OFFSET operand means -j OFFSET.  LABEL is the pseudo-address\n\
 at first byte printed, incremented when dump is progressing.\n\
 For OFFSET and LABEL, a 0x or 0X prefix indicates hexadecimal;\n\
 suffixes may be . for octal and b for multiply by 512.\n\
+"), stdout);
+      fputs (_("\
 \n\
 TYPE is made up of one or more of these specifications:\n\
 \n\
@@ -926,7 +928,7 @@ open_next_file (void)
   while (in_stream == NULL);
 
   if (limit_bytes_to_format & !flag_dump_strings)
-    SETVBUF (in_stream, NULL, _IONBF, 0);
+    setvbuf (in_stream, NULL, _IONBF, 0);
 
   return ok;
 }
@@ -1175,7 +1177,7 @@ write_block (uintmax_t current_offset, size_t n_bytes,
   static bool first = true;
   static bool prev_pair_equal = false;
 
-#define EQUAL_BLOCKS(b1, b2) (memcmp ((b1), (b2), bytes_per_block) == 0)
+#define EQUAL_BLOCKS(b1, b2) (memcmp (b1, b2, bytes_per_block) == 0)
 
   if (abbreviate_duplicate_blocks
       && !first && n_bytes == bytes_per_block

src/paste.c

@@ -463,9 +463,7 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
 	{
 	case 'd':
 	  /* Delimiter character(s). */
-	  if (optarg[0] == '\0')
-	    optarg = "\\0";
-	  delim_arg = optarg;
+	  delim_arg = (optarg[0] == '\0' ? "\\0" : optarg);
 	  break;
 
 	case 's':

src/pr.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* pr -- convert text files for printing.
-   Copyright (C) 88, 91, 1995-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 88, 91, 1995-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -430,7 +430,7 @@ static void getoptarg (char *arg, char switch_char, char *character,
 void usage (int status);
 static void print_files (int number_of_files, char **av);
 static void init_parameters (int number_of_files);
-static void init_header (char *filename, int desc);
+static void init_header (char const *filename, int desc);
 static bool init_fps (int number_of_files, char **av);
 static void init_funcs (void);
 static void init_store_cols (void);
@@ -1265,7 +1265,6 @@ init_parameters (int number_of_files)
         col_sep_string = column_separator;
 
       truncate_lines = true;
-      untabify_input = true;
       tabify_output = true;
     }
   else
@@ -1653,7 +1652,7 @@ print_files (int number_of_files, char **av)
    FILENAME for reading.  */
 
 static void
-init_header (char *filename, int desc)
+init_header (char const *filename, int desc)
 {
   char *buf = NULL;
   struct stat st;

src/printf.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* printf - format and print data
-   Copyright (C) 1990-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ static bool posixly_correct;
 
 /* This message appears in N_() here rather than just in _() below because
    the sole use would have been in a #define.  */
-static char *const cfcc_msg =
+static char const *const cfcc_msg =
  N_("warning: %s: character(s) following character constant have been ignored");
 
 /* The name this program was run with. */
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ FORMAT controls the output as in C printf.  Interpreted sequences are:\n\
       fputs (_("\
   %%      a single %\n\
   %b      ARGUMENT as a string with `\\' escapes interpreted,\n\
-            except that octal escapes are of the form \\0 or \\0NNN\n\
+          except that octal escapes are of the form \\0 or \\0NNN\n\
 \n\
 and all C format specifications ending with one of diouxXfeEgGcs, with\n\
 ARGUMENTs converted to proper type first.  Variable widths are handled.\n\

src/readlink.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* readlink -- display value of a symbolic link.
-   Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -74,6 +74,8 @@ usage (int status)
   -e, --canonicalize-existing   canonicalize by following every symlink in\n\
                                 every component of the given name recursively,\n\
                                 all components must exist\n\
+"), stdout);
+      fputs (_("\
   -m, --canonicalize-missing    canonicalize by following every symlink in\n\
                                 every component of the given name recursively,\n\
                                 without requirements on components existence\n\
@@ -157,7 +159,7 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
 
   value = (can_mode != -1
 	   ? canonicalize_filename_mode (fname, can_mode)
-	   : xreadlink (fname, 1024));
+	   : xreadlink (fname));
   if (value)
     {
       printf ("%s%s", value, (no_newline ? "" : "\n"));

src/remove.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* remove.c -- core functions for removing files and directories
-   Copyright (C) 88, 90, 91, 1994-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 88, 90, 91, 1994-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -148,16 +148,6 @@ struct dirstack_state
 };
 typedef struct dirstack_state Dirstack_state;
 
-/* Just like close(fd), but don't modify errno. */
-static inline int
-close_preserve_errno (int fd)
-{
-  int saved_errno = errno;
-  int result = close (fd);
-  errno = saved_errno;
-  return result;
-}
-
 /* Like fstatat, but cache the result.  If ST->st_size is -1, the
    status has not been gotten yet.  If less than -1, fstatat failed
    with errno == -1 - ST->st_size.  Otherwise, the status has already
@@ -173,11 +163,12 @@ cache_fstatat (int fd, char const *file, struct stat *st, int flag)
   return -1;
 }
 
-/* Initialize a fstatat cache *ST.  */
-static inline void
+/* Initialize a fstatat cache *ST.  Return ST for convenience.  */
+static inline struct stat *
 cache_stat_init (struct stat *st)
 {
   st->st_size = -1;
+  return st;
 }
 
 /* Return true if *ST has been statted.  */
@@ -426,22 +417,32 @@ ds_free (Dirstack_state *ds)
   free (ds);
 }
 
-/* Pop the active directory (AD) stack and move *DIRP `up' one level,
+/* Pop the active directory (AD) stack and prepare to move `up' one level,
    safely.  Moving `up' usually means opening `..', but when we've just
    finished recursively processing a command-line directory argument,
-   there's nothing left on the stack, so set *DIRP to NULL in that case.
-   The idea is to return with *DIRP opened on the parent directory,
+   there's nothing left on the stack, so set *FDP to AT_FDCWD in that case.
+   The idea is to return with *FDP opened on the parent directory,
    assuming there are entries in that directory that we need to remove.
 
+   Note that we must not call opendir (or fdopendir) just yet, since
+   the caller must first remove the directory we're coming from.
+   That is because some file system implementations cache readdir
+   results at opendir time; so calling opendir, rmdir, readdir would
+   return an entry for the just-removed directory.
+
    Whenever using chdir '..' (virtually, now, via openat), verify
    that the post-chdir dev/ino numbers for `.' match the saved ones.
-   If any system call fails or if dev/ino don't match then give a
+   If any system call fails or if dev/ino don't match, then give a
    diagnostic and longjump out.
-   Set *PREV_DIR to the name (in malloc'd storage) of the
+   Return the name (in malloc'd storage) of the
    directory (usually now empty) from which we're coming, and which
-   corresponds to the input value of *DIRP.  */
-static void
-AD_pop_and_chdir (DIR **dirp, Dirstack_state *ds, char **prev_dir)
+   corresponds to the input value of DIRP.
+
+   Finally, note that while this function's name is no longer as
+   accurate as it once was (it no longer calls chdir), it does open
+   the destination directory.  */
+static char *
+AD_pop_and_chdir (DIR *dirp, int *fdp, Dirstack_state *ds)
 {
   struct AD_ent *leaf_dir_ent = AD_stack_top(ds);
   struct dev_ino leaf_dev_ino = leaf_dir_ent->dev_ino;
@@ -450,7 +451,7 @@ AD_pop_and_chdir (DIR **dirp, Dirstack_state *ds, char **prev_dir)
 
   /* Get the name of the current (but soon to be `previous') directory
      from the top of the stack.  */
-  *prev_dir = top_dir (ds);
+  char *prev_dir = top_dir (ds);
 
   AD_stack_pop (ds);
   pop_dir (ds);
@@ -474,15 +475,15 @@ AD_pop_and_chdir (DIR **dirp, Dirstack_state *ds, char **prev_dir)
   if (1 < AD_stack_height (ds))
     {
       struct stat sb;
-      int fd = openat (dirfd (*dirp), "..", O_RDONLY);
-      if (closedir (*dirp) != 0)
+      int fd = openat (dirfd (dirp), "..", O_RDONLY);
+      if (closedir (dirp) != 0)
 	{
 	  error (0, errno, _("FATAL: failed to close directory %s"),
-		 quote (full_filename (*prev_dir)));
+		 quote (full_filename (prev_dir)));
 	  goto next_cmdline_arg;
 	}
 
-      /* The above fails with EACCES when *DIRP is readable but not
+      /* The above fails with EACCES when DIRP is readable but not
 	 searchable, when using Solaris' openat.  Without this openat
 	 call, tests/rm2 would fail to remove directories a/2 and a/3.  */
       if (fd < 0)
@@ -491,7 +492,7 @@ AD_pop_and_chdir (DIR **dirp, Dirstack_state *ds, char **prev_dir)
       if (fd < 0)
 	{
 	  error (0, errno, _("FATAL: cannot open .. from %s"),
-		 quote (full_filename (*prev_dir)));
+		 quote (full_filename (prev_dir)));
 	  goto next_cmdline_arg;
 	}
 
@@ -508,39 +509,32 @@ AD_pop_and_chdir (DIR **dirp, Dirstack_state *ds, char **prev_dir)
 	{
 	  error (0, 0, _("FATAL: directory %s changed dev/ino"),
 		 quote (full_filename (".")));
-	  goto close_and_next;
-	}
-
-      *dirp = fdopendir (fd);
-      if (*dirp == NULL)
-	{
-	  error (0, errno, _("FATAL: cannot return to .. from %s"),
-		 quote (full_filename (".")));
-
 	close_and_next:;
 	  close (fd);
 
 	next_cmdline_arg:;
-	  free (*prev_dir);
+	  free (prev_dir);
 	  longjmp (ds->current_arg_jumpbuf, 1);
 	}
+      *fdp = fd;
     }
   else
     {
-      if (closedir (*dirp) != 0)
+      if (closedir (dirp) != 0)
 	{
 	  error (0, errno, _("FATAL: failed to close directory %s"),
-		 quote (full_filename (*prev_dir)));
+		 quote (full_filename (prev_dir)));
 	  goto next_cmdline_arg;
 	}
-      *dirp = NULL;
+      *fdp = AT_FDCWD;
     }
+
+  return prev_dir;
 }
 
-/* Initialize *HT if it is NULL.
-   Insert FILENAME into HT.  */
-static void
-AD_mark_helper (Hash_table **ht, char *filename)
+/* Initialize *HT if it is NULL.  Return *HT.  */
+static Hash_table *
+AD_ensure_initialized (Hash_table **ht)
 {
   if (*ht == NULL)
     {
@@ -549,7 +543,16 @@ AD_mark_helper (Hash_table **ht, char *filename)
       if (*ht == NULL)
 	xalloc_die ();
     }
-  void *ent = hash_insert (*ht, filename);
+
+  return *ht;
+}
+
+/* Initialize *HT if it is NULL.
+   Insert FILENAME into HT.  */
+static void
+AD_mark_helper (Hash_table **ht, char *filename)
+{
+  void *ent = hash_insert (AD_ensure_initialized (ht), filename);
   if (ent == NULL)
     xalloc_die ();
   else
@@ -557,7 +560,6 @@ AD_mark_helper (Hash_table **ht, char *filename)
       if (ent != filename)
 	free (filename);
     }
-
 }
 
 /* Mark FILENAME (in current directory) as unremovable.  */
@@ -702,20 +704,21 @@ is_empty_dir (int fd_cwd, char const *dir)
   return saved_errno == 0 ? true : false;
 }
 
-/* Return true if FILE is determined to be an unwritable non-symlink.
-   Otherwise, return false (including when lstat'ing it fails).
+/* Return -1 if FILE is an unwritable non-symlink,
+   0 if it is writable or some other type of file,
+   a positive error number if there is some problem in determining the answer.
    Set *BUF to the file status.
    This is to avoid calling euidaccess when FILE is a symlink.  */
-static bool
+static int
 write_protected_non_symlink (int fd_cwd,
 			     char const *file,
 			     Dirstack_state const *ds,
 			     struct stat *buf)
 {
   if (cache_fstatat (fd_cwd, file, buf, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW) != 0)
-    return false;
+    return errno;
   if (S_ISLNK (buf->st_mode))
-    return false;
+    return 0;
   /* Here, we know FILE is not a symbolic link.  */
 
   /* In order to be reentrant -- i.e., to avoid changing the working
@@ -769,9 +772,16 @@ write_protected_non_symlink (int fd_cwd,
     size_t file_name_len
       = obstack_object_size (&ds->dir_stack) + strlen (file);
 
-    return (file_name_len < MIN (PATH_MAX, 8192)
-	    ? euidaccess (full_filename (file), W_OK) != 0 && errno == EACCES
-	    : euidaccess_stat (buf, W_OK) != 0);
+    if (MIN (PATH_MAX, 8192) <= file_name_len)
+      return - euidaccess_stat (buf, W_OK);
+    if (euidaccess (full_filename (file), W_OK) == 0)
+      return 0;
+    if (errno == EACCES)
+      return -1;
+
+    /* Perhaps some other process has removed the file, or perhaps this
+       is a buggy NFS client.  */
+    return errno;
   }
 }
 
@@ -792,71 +802,73 @@ prompt (int fd_cwd, Dirstack_state const *ds, char const *filename,
 	struct rm_options const *x, enum Prompt_action mode,
 	Ternary *is_empty)
 {
-  bool write_protected = false;
+  int write_protected = 0;
 
   *is_empty = T_UNKNOWN;
 
-  if (((!x->ignore_missing_files & (x->interactive | x->stdin_tty))
-       && (write_protected = write_protected_non_symlink (fd_cwd, filename,
-							  ds, sbuf)))
-      || x->interactive)
+  if (x->interactive == RMI_NEVER)
+    return RM_OK;
+
+  if (!x->ignore_missing_files
+      & ((x->interactive == RMI_ALWAYS) | x->stdin_tty))
+    write_protected = write_protected_non_symlink (fd_cwd, filename, ds, sbuf);
+
+  if (write_protected || x->interactive == RMI_ALWAYS)
     {
-      if (cache_fstatat (fd_cwd, filename, sbuf, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW) != 0)
+      if (write_protected <= 0
+	  && cache_fstatat (fd_cwd, filename, sbuf, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW) != 0)
 	{
 	  /* This happens, e.g., with `rm '''.  */
-	  error (0, errno, _("cannot remove %s"),
-		 quote (full_filename (filename)));
-	  return RM_ERROR;
+	  write_protected = errno;
 	}
 
-      if (S_ISDIR (sbuf->st_mode) && !x->recursive)
+      if (write_protected <= 0)
 	{
-	  error (0, EISDIR, _("cannot remove %s"),
-		 quote (full_filename (filename)));
-	  return RM_ERROR;
-	}
-
-      /* Using permissions doesn't make sense for symlinks.  */
-      if (S_ISLNK (sbuf->st_mode))
-	{
-	  if ( ! x->interactive)
+	  /* Using permissions doesn't make sense for symlinks.  */
+	  if (S_ISLNK (sbuf->st_mode) && x->interactive != RMI_ALWAYS)
 	    return RM_OK;
-	  write_protected = false;
+
+	  if (S_ISDIR (sbuf->st_mode) && !x->recursive)
+	    write_protected = EISDIR;
+	}
+
+      char const *quoted_name = quote (full_filename (filename));
+
+      if (0 < write_protected)
+	{
+	  error (0, write_protected, _("cannot remove %s"), quoted_name);
+	  return RM_ERROR;
 	}
 
       /* Issue the prompt.  */
-      {
-	char const *quoted_name = quote (full_filename (filename));
-
-	/* FIXME: use a variant of error (instead of fprintf) that doesn't
-	   append a newline.  Then we won't have to declare program_name in
-	   this file.  */
-	if (S_ISDIR (sbuf->st_mode)
-	    && x->recursive
-	    && mode == PA_DESCEND_INTO_DIR
-	    && ((*is_empty = (is_empty_dir (fd_cwd, filename) ? T_YES : T_NO))
-		== T_NO))
+      /* FIXME: use a variant of error (instead of fprintf) that doesn't
+	 append a newline.  Then we won't have to declare program_name in
+	 this file.  */
+      if (S_ISDIR (sbuf->st_mode)
+	  && x->recursive
+	  && mode == PA_DESCEND_INTO_DIR
+	  && ((*is_empty = (is_empty_dir (fd_cwd, filename) ? T_YES : T_NO))
+	      == T_NO))
+	fprintf (stderr,
+		 (write_protected
+		  ? _("%s: descend into write-protected directory %s? ")
+		  : _("%s: descend into directory %s? ")),
+		 program_name, quoted_name);
+      else
+	{
+	  /* TRANSLATORS: You may find it more convenient to translate
+	     the equivalent of _("%s: remove %s (write-protected) %s? ").
+	     It should avoid grammatical problems with the output
+	     of file_type.  */
 	  fprintf (stderr,
 		   (write_protected
-		    ? _("%s: descend into write-protected directory %s? ")
-		    : _("%s: descend into directory %s? ")),
-		   program_name, quoted_name);
-	else
-	  {
-	    /* TRANSLATORS: You may find it more convenient to translate
-	       the equivalent of _("%s: remove %s (write-protected) %s? ").
-	       It should avoid grammatical problems with the output
-	       of file_type.  */
-	    fprintf (stderr,
-		     (write_protected
-		      ? _("%s: remove write-protected %s %s? ")
-		      : _("%s: remove %s %s? ")),
-		     program_name, file_type (sbuf), quoted_name);
-	  }
+		    ? _("%s: remove write-protected %s %s? ")
+		    : _("%s: remove %s %s? ")),
+		   program_name, file_type (sbuf), quoted_name);
+	}
 
-	if (!yesno ())
-	  return RM_USER_DECLINED;
-      }
+      if (!yesno ())
+	return RM_USER_DECLINED;
     }
   return RM_OK;
 }
@@ -1016,8 +1028,7 @@ remove_entry (int fd_cwd, Dirstack_state const *ds, char const *filename,
 	errno = EISDIR;
 
       if (! x->recursive
-	  || errno == ENOENT || errno == ENOTDIR
-	  || errno == ELOOP || errno == ENAMETOOLONG)
+	  || (cache_stat_ok (st) && !S_ISDIR (st->st_mode)))
 	{
 	  if (ignorable_missing (x, errno))
 	    return RM_OK;
@@ -1028,6 +1039,7 @@ remove_entry (int fd_cwd, Dirstack_state const *ds, char const *filename,
 		 quote (full_filename (filename)));
 	  return RM_ERROR;
 	}
+      assert (!cache_stat_ok (st) || S_ISDIR (st->st_mode));
     }
   else
     {
@@ -1106,37 +1118,33 @@ remove_entry (int fd_cwd, Dirstack_state const *ds, char const *filename,
 static DIR *
 fd_to_subdirp (int fd_cwd, char const *f,
 	       struct rm_options const *x, int prev_errno,
-	       struct stat *subdir_sb, Dirstack_state *ds,
+	       struct stat *subdir_sb,
 	       int *cwd_errno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
 {
   int open_flags = O_RDONLY | O_NOCTTY | O_NOFOLLOW | O_NONBLOCK;
   int fd_sub = openat_permissive (fd_cwd, f, open_flags, 0, cwd_errno);
+  int saved_errno;
 
   /* Record dev/ino of F.  We may compare them against saved values
      to thwart any attempt to subvert the traversal.  They are also used
      to detect directory cycles.  */
-  if (fd_sub < 0 || fstat (fd_sub, subdir_sb) != 0)
+  if (fd_sub < 0)
+    return NULL;
+  else if (fstat (fd_sub, subdir_sb) != 0)
+    saved_errno = errno;
+  else if (S_ISDIR (subdir_sb->st_mode))
     {
-      if (0 <= fd_sub)
-	close_preserve_errno (fd_sub);
-      return NULL;
+      DIR *subdir_dirp = fdopendir (fd_sub);
+      if (subdir_dirp)
+	return subdir_dirp;
+      saved_errno = errno;
     }
+  else
+    saved_errno = (prev_errno ? prev_errno : ENOTDIR);
 
-  if (! S_ISDIR (subdir_sb->st_mode))
-    {
-      errno = prev_errno ? prev_errno : ENOTDIR;
-      close_preserve_errno (fd_sub);
-      return NULL;
-    }
-
-  DIR *subdir_dirp = fdopendir (fd_sub);
-  if (subdir_dirp == NULL)
-    {
-      close_preserve_errno (fd_sub);
-      return NULL;
-    }
-
-  return subdir_dirp;
+  close (fd_sub);
+  errno = saved_errno;
+  return NULL;
 }
 
 /* Remove entries in the directory open on DIRP
@@ -1220,7 +1228,7 @@ remove_cwd_entries (DIR **dirp,
 	case RM_NONEMPTY_DIR:
 	  {
 	    DIR *subdir_dirp = fd_to_subdirp (dirfd (*dirp), f,
-					      x, errno, subdir_sb, ds, NULL);
+					      x, errno, subdir_sb, NULL);
 	    if (subdir_dirp == NULL)
 	      {
 		status = RM_ERROR;
@@ -1298,6 +1306,7 @@ remove_dir (int fd_cwd, Dirstack_state *ds, char const *dir,
 	    struct rm_options const *x, int *cwd_errno)
 {
   enum RM_status status;
+  dev_t current_dev = dir_st->st_dev;
 
   /* There is a race condition in that an attacker could replace the nonempty
      directory, DIR, with a symlink between the preceding call to rmdir
@@ -1307,7 +1316,7 @@ remove_dir (int fd_cwd, Dirstack_state *ds, char const *dir,
      fd_to_subdirp's fstat, along with the `fstat' and the dev/ino
      comparison in AD_push ensure that we detect it and fail.  */
 
-  DIR *dirp = fd_to_subdirp (fd_cwd, dir, x, 0, dir_st, ds, cwd_errno);
+  DIR *dirp = fd_to_subdirp (fd_cwd, dir, x, 0, dir_st, cwd_errno);
 
   if (dirp == NULL)
     {
@@ -1359,23 +1368,38 @@ remove_dir (int fd_cwd, Dirstack_state *ds, char const *dir,
 	}
       if (subdir)
 	{
-	  AD_push (dirfd (dirp), ds, subdir, &subdir_sb);
-	  AD_INIT_OTHER_MEMBERS ();
+	  if ( ! x->one_file_system
+	       || subdir_sb.st_dev == current_dev)
+	    {
+	      AD_push (dirfd (dirp), ds, subdir, &subdir_sb);
+	      AD_INIT_OTHER_MEMBERS ();
+	      free (subdir);
+	      continue;
+	    }
 
+	  /* Here, --one-file-system is in effect, and with remove_cwd_entries'
+	     traversal into the current directory, (known as SUBDIR, from ..),
+	     DIRP's device number is different from CURRENT_DEV.  Arrange not
+	     to do anything more with this hierarchy.  */
+	  error (0, 0, _("skipping %s, since it's on a different device"),
+		 quote (full_filename (subdir)));
 	  free (subdir);
-	  continue;
+	  AD_mark_current_as_unremovable (ds);
+	  tmp_status = RM_ERROR;
+	  UPDATE_STATUS (status, tmp_status);
 	}
 
       /* Execution reaches this point when we've removed the last
-	 removable entry from the current directory.  */
+	 removable entry from the current directory -- or, with
+	 --one-file-system, when the current directory is on a
+	 different file system.  */
       {
+	int fd;
 	/* The name of the directory that we have just processed,
 	   nominally removing all of its contents.  */
-	char *empty_dir;
-
-	AD_pop_and_chdir (&dirp, ds, &empty_dir);
-	int fd = (dirp != NULL ? dirfd (dirp) : AT_FDCWD);
-	assert (dirp != NULL || AD_stack_height (ds) == 1);
+	char *empty_dir = AD_pop_and_chdir (dirp, &fd, ds);
+	dirp = NULL;
+	assert (fd != AT_FDCWD || AD_stack_height (ds) == 1);
 
 	/* Try to remove EMPTY_DIR only if remove_cwd_entries succeeded.  */
 	if (tmp_status == RM_OK)
@@ -1386,14 +1410,16 @@ remove_dir (int fd_cwd, Dirstack_state *ds, char const *dir,
 	       But that's no big deal since we're interactive.  */
 	    struct stat empty_st;
 	    Ternary is_empty;
-	    cache_stat_init (&empty_st);
-	    enum RM_status s = prompt (fd, ds, empty_dir, &empty_st, x,
+	    enum RM_status s = prompt (fd, ds, empty_dir,
+				       cache_stat_init (&empty_st), x,
 				       PA_REMOVE_DIR, &is_empty);
 
 	    if (s != RM_OK)
 	      {
 		free (empty_dir);
 		status = s;
+		if (fd != AT_FDCWD)
+		  close (fd);
 		goto closedir_and_return;
 	      }
 
@@ -1415,8 +1441,17 @@ remove_dir (int fd_cwd, Dirstack_state *ds, char const *dir,
 
 	free (empty_dir);
 
-	if (AD_stack_height (ds) == 1)
+	if (fd == AT_FDCWD)
 	  break;
+
+	dirp = fdopendir (fd);
+	if (dirp == NULL)
+	  {
+	    error (0, errno, _("FATAL: cannot return to .. from %s"),
+		   quote (full_filename (".")));
+	    close (fd);
+	    longjmp (ds->current_arg_jumpbuf, 1);
+	  }
       }
     }
 
@@ -1454,6 +1489,7 @@ rm_1 (Dirstack_state *ds, char const *filename,
 
   struct stat st;
   cache_stat_init (&st);
+  cycle_check_init (&ds->cycle_check_state);
   if (x->root_dev_ino)
     {
       if (cache_fstatat (AT_FDCWD, filename, &st, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW) != 0)
@@ -1473,8 +1509,7 @@ rm_1 (Dirstack_state *ds, char const *filename,
   AD_push_initial (ds);
   AD_INIT_OTHER_MEMBERS ();
 
-  int fd_cwd = AT_FDCWD;
-  enum RM_status status = remove_entry (fd_cwd, ds, filename, &st, x, NULL);
+  enum RM_status status = remove_entry (AT_FDCWD, ds, filename, &st, x, NULL);
   if (status == RM_NONEMPTY_DIR)
     {
       /* In the event that remove_dir->remove_cwd_entries detects
@@ -1483,13 +1518,12 @@ rm_1 (Dirstack_state *ds, char const *filename,
       if (setjmp (ds->current_arg_jumpbuf))
 	status = RM_ERROR;
       else
-	status = remove_dir (fd_cwd, ds, filename, &st, x, cwd_errno);
+	status = remove_dir (AT_FDCWD, ds, filename, &st, x, cwd_errno);
 
       AD_stack_clear (ds);
     }
 
   ds_clear (ds);
-
   return status;
 }
 
@@ -1509,13 +1543,13 @@ rm (size_t n_files, char const *const *file, struct rm_options const *x)
 	{
 	  error (0, 0, _("cannot remove relative-named %s"), quote (file[i]));
 	  status = RM_ERROR;
-	  continue;
 	}
-
-      cycle_check_init (&ds->cycle_check_state);
-      enum RM_status s = rm_1 (ds, file[i], x, &cwd_errno);
-      assert (VALID_STATUS (s));
-      UPDATE_STATUS (status, s);
+      else
+	{
+	  enum RM_status s = rm_1 (ds, file[i], x, &cwd_errno);
+	  assert (VALID_STATUS (s));
+	  UPDATE_STATUS (status, s);
+	}
     }
 
   if (x->require_restore_cwd && cwd_errno)

src/remove.h

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* Remove directory entries.
 
-   Copyright (C) 1998, 2000, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free
+   Copyright (C) 1998, 2000, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free
    Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -22,13 +22,30 @@
 
 # include "dev-ino.h"
 
+enum rm_interactive
+{
+  /* Start with any number larger than 1, so that any legacy tests
+     against values of 0 or 1 will fail.  */
+  RMI_ALWAYS = 3,
+  RMI_SOMETIMES,
+  RMI_NEVER
+};
+
 struct rm_options
 {
   /* If true, ignore nonexistent files.  */
   bool ignore_missing_files;
 
   /* If true, query the user about whether to remove each file.  */
-  bool interactive;
+  enum rm_interactive interactive;
+
+  /* If true, do not traverse into (or remove) any directory that is
+     on a file system (i.e., that has a different device number) other
+     than that of the corresponding command line argument.  Note that
+     even without this option, rm will fail in the end, due to its
+     probable inability to remove the mount point.  But there, the
+     diagnostic comes too late -- after removing all contents.  */
+  bool one_file_system;
 
   /* If true, recursively remove directories.  */
   bool recursive;

src/rm.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* `rm' file deletion utility for GNU.
-   Copyright (C) 88, 90, 91, 1994-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 88, 90, 91, 1994-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -72,6 +72,7 @@ char *program_name;
 enum
 {
   INTERACTIVE_OPTION = CHAR_MAX + 1,
+  ONE_FILE_SYSTEM,
   NO_PRESERVE_ROOT,
   PRESERVE_ROOT,
   PRESUME_INPUT_TTY_OPTION
@@ -90,6 +91,7 @@ static struct option const long_opts[] =
   {"force", no_argument, NULL, 'f'},
   {"interactive", optional_argument, NULL, INTERACTIVE_OPTION},
 
+  {"one-file-system", no_argument, NULL, ONE_FILE_SYSTEM},
   {"no-preserve-root", no_argument, NULL, NO_PRESERVE_ROOT},
   {"preserve-root", no_argument, NULL, PRESERVE_ROOT},
 
@@ -168,6 +170,11 @@ Remove (unlink) the FILE(s).\n\
                           while still giving protection against most mistakes\n\
       --interactive[=WHEN]  prompt according to WHEN: never, once (-I), or\n\
                           always (-i).  Without WHEN, prompt always\n\
+"), stdout);
+      fputs (_("\
+      --one-file-system  when removing a hierarchy recursively, skip any\n\
+                          directory that is on a file system different from\n\
+                          that of the corresponding command line argument\n\
 "), stdout);
       fputs (_("\
       --no-preserve-root  do not treat `/' specially\n\
@@ -206,7 +213,8 @@ static void
 rm_option_init (struct rm_options *x)
 {
   x->ignore_missing_files = false;
-  x->interactive = false;
+  x->interactive = RMI_SOMETIMES;
+  x->one_file_system = false;
   x->recursive = false;
   x->root_dev_ino = NULL;
   x->stdin_tty = isatty (STDIN_FILENO);
@@ -241,25 +249,25 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
 	{
 	case 'd':
 	  /* Ignore this option, for backward compatibility with
-	     coreutils 5.92.  Some time after 2005, we'll change this
+	     coreutils 5.92.  FIXME: Some time after 2005, change this
 	     to report an error (or perhaps behave like FreeBSD does)
 	     instead of ignoring the option.  */
 	  break;
 
 	case 'f':
-	  x.interactive = false;
+	  x.interactive = RMI_NEVER;
 	  x.ignore_missing_files = true;
 	  prompt_once = false;
 	  break;
 
 	case 'i':
-	  x.interactive = true;
+	  x.interactive = RMI_ALWAYS;
 	  x.ignore_missing_files = false;
 	  prompt_once = false;
 	  break;
 
 	case 'I':
-	  x.interactive = false;
+	  x.interactive = RMI_NEVER;
 	  x.ignore_missing_files = false;
 	  prompt_once = true;
 	  break;
@@ -280,18 +288,18 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
 	    switch (i)
 	      {
 	      case interactive_never:
-		x.interactive = false;
+		x.interactive = RMI_NEVER;
 		prompt_once = false;
 		break;
 
 	      case interactive_once:
-		x.interactive = false;
+		x.interactive = RMI_SOMETIMES;
 		x.ignore_missing_files = false;
 		prompt_once = true;
 		break;
 
 	      case interactive_always:
-		x.interactive = true;
+		x.interactive = RMI_ALWAYS;
 		x.ignore_missing_files = false;
 		prompt_once = false;
 		break;
@@ -299,6 +307,10 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
 	    break;
 	  }
 
+	case ONE_FILE_SYSTEM:
+	  x.one_file_system = true;
+	  break;
+
 	case NO_PRESERVE_ROOT:
 	  preserve_root = false;
 	  break;
@@ -343,22 +355,20 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
 	       quote ("/"));
     }
 
-  {
-    size_t n_files = argc - optind;
-    char const *const *file = (char const *const *) argv + optind;
+  size_t n_files = argc - optind;
+  char const *const *file = (char const *const *) argv + optind;
 
-    if (prompt_once && (x.recursive || 3 < n_files))
-      {
-	fprintf (stderr,
-		 (x.recursive
-		  ? _("%s: remove all arguments recursively? ")
-		  : _("%s: remove all arguments? ")),
-		 program_name);
-	if (!yesno ())
-	  exit (EXIT_SUCCESS);
-      }
-    enum RM_status status = rm (n_files, file, &x);
-    assert (VALID_STATUS (status));
-    exit (status == RM_ERROR ? EXIT_FAILURE : EXIT_SUCCESS);
-  }
+  if (prompt_once && (x.recursive || 3 < n_files))
+    {
+      fprintf (stderr,
+	       (x.recursive
+		? _("%s: remove all arguments recursively? ")
+		: _("%s: remove all arguments? ")),
+	       program_name);
+      if (!yesno ())
+	exit (EXIT_SUCCESS);
+    }
+  enum RM_status status = rm (n_files, file, &x);
+  assert (VALID_STATUS (status));
+  exit (status == RM_ERROR ? EXIT_FAILURE : EXIT_SUCCESS);
 }

src/seq.c

@@ -92,6 +92,8 @@ omitted INCREMENT defaults to 1 even when LAST is smaller than FIRST.\n\
 FIRST, INCREMENT, and LAST are interpreted as floating point values.\n\
 INCREMENT is usually positive if FIRST is smaller than LAST, and\n\
 INCREMENT is usually negative if FIRST is greater than LAST.\n\
+"), stdout);
+      fputs (_("\
 FORMAT must be suitable for printing one argument of type `double';\n\
 it defaults to %.PRECf if FIRST, INCREMENT, and LAST are all fixed point\n\
 decimal numbers with maximum precision PREC, and to %g otherwise.\n\

src/shred.c

@@ -220,6 +220,8 @@ version 3 clients\n\
 \n\
 * compressed file systems\n\
 \n\
+"), stdout);
+      fputs (_("\
 In the case of ext3 file systems, the above disclaimer applies\n\
 (and shred is thus of limited effectiveness) only in data=journal mode,\n\
 which journals file data in addition to just metadata.  In both the\n\
@@ -228,6 +230,8 @@ Ext3 journaling modes can be changed by adding the data=something option\n\
 to the mount options for a particular file system in the /etc/fstab file,\n\
 as documented in the mount man page (man mount).\n\
 \n\
+"), stdout);
+      fputs (_("\
 In addition, file system backups and remote mirrors may contain copies\n\
 of the file that cannot be removed, and that will allow a shredded file\n\
 to be recovered later.\n\

src/shuf.c

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* Shuffle lines of text.
 
-   Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -251,6 +251,7 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
   char const *outfile = NULL;
   char *random_source = NULL;
   char eolbyte = '\n';
+  char **input_lines = NULL;
 
   int optc;
   int n_operands;
@@ -258,7 +259,7 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
   size_t n_lines;
   char **line;
   struct randint_source *randint_source;
-  size_t const *permutation;
+  size_t *permutation;
 
   initialize_main (&argc, &argv);
   program_name = argv[0];
@@ -366,8 +367,6 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
     }
   else
     {
-      char **input_lines;
-
       switch (n_operands)
 	{
 	case 0:
@@ -408,5 +407,15 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
   if (write_permuted_output (head_lines, line, lo_input, permutation) != 0)
     error (EXIT_FAILURE, errno, _("write error"));
 
+#ifdef lint
+  free (permutation);
+  randint_all_free (randint_source);
+  if (input_lines)
+    {
+      free (input_lines[0]);
+      free (input_lines);
+    }
+#endif
+
   return EXIT_SUCCESS;
 }

src/stat.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* stat.c -- display file or file system status
-   Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation.
+   Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ statfs (char const *filename, struct fs_info *buf)
 
 enum
 {
-  PRINTF_OPTION = CHAR_MAX + 1,
+  PRINTF_OPTION = CHAR_MAX + 1
 };
 
 static struct option const long_options[] = {
@@ -497,7 +497,7 @@ print_stat (char *pformat, size_t prefix_len, char m,
       out_string (pformat, prefix_len, quote (filename));
       if (S_ISLNK (statbuf->st_mode))
 	{
-	  char *linkname = xreadlink (filename, statbuf->st_size);
+	  char *linkname = xreadlink_with_size (filename, statbuf->st_size);
 	  if (linkname == NULL)
 	    {
 	      error (0, errno, _("cannot read symbolic link %s"),

src/system.h

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* system-dependent definitions for coreutils
-   Copyright (C) 1989, 1991-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1989, 1991-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -97,10 +97,6 @@ you must include <sys/types.h> before including this file
    memcpy otherwise.  */
 
 #include <string.h>
-#include "mempcpy.h"
-#include "memrchr.h"
-#include "stpcpy.h"
-#include "strpbrk.h"
 
 #include <errno.h>
 
@@ -117,7 +113,6 @@ you must include <sys/types.h> before including this file
 
 #include <stdbool.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
-#include <exit.h>
 
 /* Exit statuses for programs like 'env' that exec other programs.
    EXIT_FAILURE might not be 1, so use EXIT_FAIL in such programs.  */
@@ -293,7 +288,7 @@ select_plural (uintmax_t n)
   return (n <= ULONG_MAX ? n : n % PLURAL_REDUCER + PLURAL_REDUCER);
 }
 
-#define STREQ(a, b) (strcmp ((a), (b)) == 0)
+#define STREQ(a, b) (strcmp (a, b) == 0)
 
 #if !HAVE_DECL_FREE
 void free ();
@@ -389,14 +384,6 @@ readdir_ignoring_dot_and_dotdot (DIR *dirp)
     }
 }
 
-#if SETVBUF_REVERSED
-# define SETVBUF(Stream, Buffer, Type, Size) \
-    setvbuf (Stream, Type, Buffer, Size)
-#else
-# define SETVBUF(Stream, Buffer, Type, Size) \
-    setvbuf (Stream, Buffer, Type, Size)
-#endif
-
 /* Factor out some of the common --help and --version processing code.  */
 
 /* These enum values cannot possibly conflict with the option values
@@ -506,7 +493,7 @@ enum
       const char *s_ = (S);			\
       size_t len_ = strlen (s_) + 1;		\
       char *tmp_dest_ = alloca (len_);		\
-      DEST = memcpy (tmp_dest_, (s_), len_);	\
+      DEST = memcpy (tmp_dest_, s_, len_);	\
     }						\
   while (0)
 #endif
@@ -515,10 +502,19 @@ enum
 # define EOVERFLOW EINVAL
 #endif
 
-#if ! HAVE_FSEEKO && ! defined fseeko
-# define fseeko(s, o, w) ((o) == (long int) (o)		\
-			  ? fseek (s, o, w)		\
-			  : (errno = EOVERFLOW, -1))
+#if ! HAVE_FSEEKO
+# if ! defined fseeko
+#  define fseeko(s, o, w) ((o) == (long int) (o)	\
+			   ? fseek (s, o, w)		\
+			   : (errno = EOVERFLOW, -1))
+# endif
+# if ! defined ftello
+static inline off_t ftello (FILE *stream)
+{
+  verify (sizeof (long int) <= sizeof (off_t));
+  return ftell (stream);
+}
+# endif
 #endif
 
 #if ! HAVE_SYNC

src/tac.c

@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ tac -r -s '.\|
 char *program_name;
 
 /* The string that separates the records of the file. */
-static char *separator;
+static char const *separator;
 
 /* True if we have ever read standard input.  */
 static bool have_read_stdin = false;
@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ tac_seekable (int input_fd, const char *file)
      Only used when the separator is attached to the preceding record. */
   bool first_time = true;
   char first_char = *separator;	/* Speed optimization, non-regexp. */
-  char *separator1 = separator + 1; /* Speed optimization, non-regexp. */
+  char const *separator1 = separator + 1; /* Speed optimization, non-regexp. */
   size_t match_length1 = match_length - 1; /* Speed optimization, non-regexp. */
   struct re_registers regs;
 
@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ static bool
 copy_to_temp (FILE **g_tmp, char **g_tempfile, int input_fd, char const *file)
 {
   static char *template = NULL;
-  static char *tempdir;
+  static char const *tempdir;
   char *tempfile;
   FILE *tmp;
   int fd;

src/tail.c

@@ -231,7 +231,8 @@ Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n\
                            inaccessible when tail starts or if it becomes\n\
                            inaccessible later; useful when following by name,\n\
                            i.e., with --follow=name\n\
-  -c, --bytes=N            output the last N bytes\n\
+  -c, --bytes=N            output the last N bytes; alternatively, use +N to\n\
+                           output bytes starting with the Nth of each file\n\
 "), stdout);
      fputs (_("\
   -f, --follow[={name|descriptor}]\n\
@@ -241,7 +242,8 @@ Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n\
   -F                       same as --follow=name --retry\n\
 "), stdout);
      printf (_("\
-  -n, --lines=N            output the last N lines, instead of the last %d\n\
+  -n, --lines=N            output the last N lines, instead of the last %d;\n\
+                           or use +N to output lines starting with the Nth\n\
       --max-unchanged-stats=N\n\
                            with --follow=name, reopen a FILE which has not\n\
                            changed size after N (default %d) iterations\n\
@@ -292,7 +294,7 @@ valid_file_spec (struct File_spec const *f)
   return ((f->fd == -1) ^ (f->errnum == 0));
 }
 
-static char *
+static char const *
 pretty_name (struct File_spec const *f)
 {
   return (STREQ (f->name, "-") ? "standard input" : f->name);

src/tee.c

@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ tee_files (int nfiles, const char **files)
      the first one correspond to standard output.   */
   descriptors[0] = stdout;
   files[0] = _("standard output");
-  SETVBUF (stdout, NULL, _IONBF, 0);
+  setvbuf (stdout, NULL, _IONBF, 0);
 
   for (i = 1; i <= nfiles; i++)
     {
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ tee_files (int nfiles, const char **files)
 	  ok = false;
 	}
       else
-	SETVBUF (descriptors[i], NULL, _IONBF, 0);
+	setvbuf (descriptors[i], NULL, _IONBF, 0);
     }
 
   while (1)

src/tr.c

@@ -601,7 +601,7 @@ make_printable_str (char const *s, size_t len)
   for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
     {
       char buf[5];
-      char *tmp = NULL;
+      char const *tmp = NULL;
       unsigned char c = s[i];
 
       switch (c)

src/uniq.c

@@ -172,17 +172,26 @@ Fields are skipped before chars.\n\
   exit (status);
 }
 
-/* Convert OPT to size_t, reporting an error using MSGID if it does
-   not fit.  */
+/* Convert OPT to size_t, reporting an error using MSGID if OPT is
+   invalid.  Silently convert too-large values to SIZE_MAX.  */
 
 static size_t
 size_opt (char const *opt, char const *msgid)
 {
   unsigned long int size;
-  if (xstrtoul (opt, NULL, 10, &size, "") != LONGINT_OK
-      || SIZE_MAX < size)
-    error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, "%s: %s", opt, _(msgid));
-  return size;
+  verify (SIZE_MAX <= ULONG_MAX);
+
+  switch (xstrtoul (opt, NULL, 10, &size, ""))
+    {
+    case LONGINT_OK:
+    case LONGINT_OVERFLOW:
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, "%s: %s", opt, _(msgid));
+    }
+
+  return MIN (size, SIZE_MAX);
 }
 
 /* Given a linebuffer LINE,
@@ -472,8 +481,8 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
 	      skip_fields = 0;
 
 	    if (!DECIMAL_DIGIT_ACCUMULATE (skip_fields, optc - '0', size_t))
-	      error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, "%s",
-		     _("invalid number of fields to skip"));
+	      skip_fields = SIZE_MAX;
+
 	    skip_field_option_type = SFO_OBSOLETE;
 	  }
 	  break;